Pioneer Pdp433

Uploaded by: Marco Antonio
0
0

October 2019
PDF

Download

This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA

Overview

Download & View Pioneer Pdp433 as PDF for free.

More details

Words: 50,514
Pages: 177

Preview
Full text

ORDER NO.

ARP3155

PDP-433CMX

PLASMA DISPLAY

PDP-433CMX PDP-433MXE

THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING MODEL(S) AND TYPE(S). Type

Model PDP-433CMX

Power Requirement

PDP-433MXE

LUCBW

?

−

AC100 - 120V

YVLDK

−

?

AC100 - 240V

Remarks

This Service Manual should be used together with the following manual(s). Model No. PDP-433CMX PDP-433MXE

Order No. ARP3156

Remarks SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM and PCB DIAGRAM

The main parts having their serial numbers described in the table below are applicable to this service manual. For details on replacing with the following parts, refer to Service Information for each part. Part numbers and serial numbers of the main parts applicable to this service manual SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE (AXY1059)

Rear Case (ANE1608)

RGB ASSY (AWZ6744)

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY (AWV1971)

X DRIVE ASSY (AWV1985)

Y DRIVE ASSY (AWZ6748)

PDP-433CMX/LUCBW

002201 –

005131 –

004721 –

005011 –

006121 –

006811 –

PDP-433MXE/YVLDK

002201 –

005131 –

004721 –

005011 –

006121 –

006811 –

Model No.

For details, refer to "Important symbols for good services".

PIONEER CORPORATION

4-1, Meguro 1-chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. Box 1760, Long Beach, CA 90801-1760, U.S.A. PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, 9120 Melsele, Belgium PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936

c PIONEER CORPORATION 2003 T – ZZR MAR. 2003 Printed in Japan

SAFETY INFORMATION This service manual is intended for qualified service technicians ; it is not meant for the casual do-ityourselfer. Qualified technicians have the necessary test equipment and tools, and have been trained to properly and safely repair complex products such as those covered by this manual. Improperly performed repairs can adversely affect the safety and reliability of the product and may void the warranty. If you are not qualified to perform the repair of this product properly and safely, you should not risk trying to do so and refer the repair to a qualified service technician. WARNING This product contains lead in solder and certain electrical parts contain chemicals which are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Health & Safety Code Section 25249.6 – Proposition 65

NOTICE (FOR CANADIAN MODEL ONLY) Fuse symbols (fast operating fuse) and/or be of identical designation.

(slow operating fuse) on PCB indicate that replacement parts must

REMARQUE (POUR MODÈLE CANADIEN SEULEMENT) Les symboles de fusible (fusible de type rapide) et/ou de remplacement doivent avoir la même désignation.

(fusible de type lent) sur CCI indiquent que les pièces

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS NOTICE :Comply with all cautions and safety related notes located on or inside the cabinet and on the chassis. The following precautions should be observed : 1. When service is required, even though the PDP UNIT an isolation transformer should be inserted between the power line and the set in safety before any service is performed. 2. When replacing a chassis in the set, all the protective devices must be put back in place, such as barriers, nonmetallic knobs, adjustment and compartment covershields, isolation resistorcapacitor, etc. 3. When service is required, observe the original lead dress. Extra precaution should be taken to assure correct lead dress in the high voltage circuitry area. 4. Always use the manufacture's replacement components. Especially critical components as indicated on the circuit diagram should not be replaced by other manufacture's. Furthermore where a short circuit has occurred, replace those components that indicate evidence of overheating. 5. Before returning a serviced set to the customer, the service technician must thoroughly test the unit to be certain that it is completely safe to operate without danger of electrical shock, and be sure that no protective device built into the set by the manufacture has become defective, or inadvertently defeated during servicing. Therefore, the following checks should be performed for the continued protection of the customer and service technician. 6. Perform the following precautions against unwanted radiation and rise in internal temperature. • Always return the internal wiring to the original styling. • Attach parts (Gascket, Ferrite Core, Ground, Rear Cover, Shield Case etc.) surely after disassembly.

2

7. Perform the following precautions for the PDP panel. • When the front case is removed, make sure nothing hits the panel face, panel corner, and panel edge (so that the glass does not break). • Make sure that the panel vent does not break. (Check that the cover is attached.) • Handle the FPC connected to the panel carefully. Twisting or pulling the FPC when connecting it to the connector will cause it to peel off from the panel. 8. Pay attention to the following. • Be sure to wire the fan. If the fan does not work, the temperature will rise and cause the protection circuit to operate. • When the front case is removed, infrared ray is radiated and may disturb reception of the remote control unit. • Pay extreme caution when the front case and rear panel are removed because this may cause a high risk of disturbance to TVs and radios in the surrounding.

PDP-433CMX

PRODUCT SAFETY NOTICE Leakage Current Cold Check With the AC plug removed from an AC power source, place a jumper across the two plug prongs. Turn the AC power switch on. Using an insulation tester (DC 500V), connect one lead to the jumpered AC plug and touch the other lead to each exposed metal part (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shafts, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis. Exposed metal parts having a return path to the chassis should have a minimum resistor reading of 0.3MΩ and a maximum resistor reading of 5MΩ. Any resistor value below or above this range indicates an abnormality which requires corrective action. Exposed metal parts not having a return path to the chassis will indicate an open circuit.

Leakage Current Hot Check Plug the AC line cord directly into an AC power source (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Turn the AC power switch on. Using a "Leakage Current Tester (Simpson Model 229 equivalent)", measure for current from all exposed metal parts of the cabinet (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shaft, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis, to a known earth ground (water pipe, conduit, etc.). Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA.

Leakage current tester

Device under test

Many electrical and mechanical parts in PIONEER set have special safety related characteristics. These are often not evident from visual inspection nor the protection afforded by them necessarily can be obtained by using replacement components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which have these special safety characteristics are identified in this Service Manual. Electrical components having such features are identified by marking on the schematics and on the parts list in this Service with a Manual. The use of a substitute replacement component which dose not have the same safety characteristics as the PIONEER recommended replacement one, shown in the parts list in this Service Manual, may create shock, fire or other hazards. Product Safety is continuously under review and new instructions are issued from time to time. For the latest information, always consult the current PIONEER Service Manual. A subscription to, or additional copies of, PIONEER Service Manual may be obtained at a nominal charge from PIONEER.

Reading should not be above 0.5 mA

Test all exposed metal surfaces

Also test with plug reversed (Using AC adapter plug as required) Earth ground

AC Leakage Test ANY MEASUREMENTS NOT WITHIN THE LIMITS OUTLINED ABOVE ARE INDICATIVE OF A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD AND MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE RETURNING THE SET TO THE CUSTOMER.

PDP-433CMX

3

CHARGED SECTION AND HIGH VOLTAGE GENERATING POINT 7 Charged Section

7 High Voltage Generating Point

The places where the commercial AC power is used without passing through the power supply transformer. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock. In addition, the measuring equipment can be damaged if it is connected to the GND of the charged section and the GND of the non-charged section while connecting the set directly to the commercial AC power supply. Therefore, be sure to connect the set via an insulated transformer and supply the current.

The places where voltage is 100V or more except for the charged places described above. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock.

1. AC Power Cord 2. AC Inlet with Filter 3. Power Switch (S1) 4. Fuse (In the SW POWER SUPPLY Module) 5. STB Transformer and Converter Transformer (In the SW POWER SUPPLY Module) 6. Other primary side of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module

1. SW POWER SUPPLY Module ...................................... (215V) 2. X DRIVE Assy .............................................. (–280V to 215V) 3. Y DRIVE Assy ............................................................... (345V) 4. SCAN (A) Assy .............................................................. (345V) 5. SCAN (B) Assy ............................................................... (345V) 6. X CONNECTOR (A) Assy ........................... (–280V to 215V) 7. X CONNECTOR (B) Assy ............................ (–280V to 215V)

Y DRIVE Assy

: Part is Charged Section. : Part is the High Voltage Generating Points other than the Charged Section.

SCAN (A) Assy

Top Front

SCAN (B) Assy

X CONNECTOR (A) Assy

X DRIVE Assy

X CONNECTOR (B) Assy SW POWER SUPPLY Module Power Switch (S1) AC Inlet with Filter Power Cord

Fig.1 Charged Section and High Voltage Generating Point (Rear View)

4

PDP-433CMX

[ Important symbols for good services ] In this manual, the symbols shown-below indicate that adjustments, settings or cleaning should be made securely. When you find the procedures bearing any of the symbols, be sure to fulfill them:

1. Product safety You should conform to the regulations governing the product (safety, radio and noise, and other regulations), and should keep the safety during servicing by following the safety instructions described in this manual.

2. Adjustments To keep the original performances of the product, optimum adjustments or specification confirmation is indispensable. In accordance with the procedures or instructions described in this manual, adjustments should be performed.

3. Cleaning For optical pickups, tape-deck heads, lenses and mirrors used in projection monitors, and other parts requiring cleaning, proper cleaning should be performed to restore their performances.

4. Shipping mode and shipping screws To protect the product from damages or failures that may be caused during transit, the shipping mode should be set or the shipping screws should be installed before shipping out in accordance with this manual, if necessary.

5. Lubricants, glues, and replacement parts Appropriately applying grease or glue can maintain the product performances. But improper lubrication or applying glue may lead to failures or troubles in the product. By following the instructions in this manual, be sure to apply the prescribed grease or glue to proper portions by the appropriate amount.For replacement parts or tools, the prescribed ones should be used.

PDP-433CMX

5

CONTENTS SAFETY INFORMATION .................................................................................................................................. 2 1. SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................................................ 7 2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST ......................................................................................................... 8 2.1 PACKING .............................................................................................................................................. 8 2.2 UNDER LAYER SECTION(1) ................................................................................................................. 10 2.3 UNDER LAYER SECTION(2) ................................................................................................................. 11 2.4 UNDER LAYER SECTION(3) ................................................................................................................. 12 2.5 UNDER LAYER SECTION(4) ................................................................................................................. 14 2.6 UNDER LAYER SECTION(5) ................................................................................................................. 16 2.7 UNDER LAYER SECTION(6) ................................................................................................................. 18 2.8 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION(1) ............................................................................................................. 20 2.9 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION(2) ............................................................................................................... 21 2.10 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION(3) ............................................................................................................. 22 2.11 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION(4) ............................................................................................................. 23 2.12 UPPER LAYER SECTION(1) ............................................................................................................. 24 2.13 UPPER LAYER SECTION(2) ............................................................................................................... 26 2.14 FRONT CASE SECTION ...................................................................................................................... 28 2.15 REAR SECTION ................................................................................................................................... 29 2.16 PDP SERVICE ASSY 433(AWU1069) ................................................................................................ ................. 30 2.17 PANEL CHASSIS(43) ASSY(AWU1067) ............................................................................................. 30 3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ........................................................................................ 32 3.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................................................................................... 32 3.1.1 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGAM ............................................................................................................... 32 3.1.2 REG ASSY .......................................................................................................................................... 34 3.1.3 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY ....................................................................................................................... 36 3.1.4 X DRIVER ASSY ................................................................................................................................ 37 3.1.5 Y DRIVE ASSY .................................................................................................................................. 38 3.1.6 MX AUDIO ASSY ................................................................................................................................ 40 3.1.7 SUB ADDRESS A and B ASSYS ....................................................................................................... 41 3.1.8 ADR RESONANCE ASSY .................................................................................................................. 42 3.1.9 ADR CONNECT A, B, C and D ASSYS ............................................................................................. 42 3.1.10 VIDEO SIGNAL ROUTE .................................................................................................................. 43 3.1.11 SYNC SIGNAL ROUTE ................................................................................................................... 44 3.2 WAVEFORMS ......................................................................................................................................... 45 4. PCB CONNECTION DIAGRAM ...........................................................................................(Refer to ARP3156) 5. PCB PARTS LIST ......................................................................................................................................... 54 6. ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................... 68 6.1 SERVICE FACTORY MODE ................................................................................................................... 68 6.1.1 State Transition Diagram ................................................................................................................... 68 6.1.2 Table of Adjustment Items in Service Factory ..................................................................................... 71 6.1.3 Description of Service Factory Menu Display ...................................................................................... 73 6.2 ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED WHEN THE SET IS REPARED OR REPLACED ........................................ 103 6.3 ADJUSTMENT ......................................................................................................................................... 104 6.3.1 VIDEO CARD ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................................................. 104 6.4 COMMANDS ............................................................................................................................................ 112 6.4.1 RS-232C COMMANDS (for adjustment) ............................................................................................. 112 6.4.2 RS-232C COMMANDS (for setting) ................................................................................................... 113 7. GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................... 125 7.1 DIAGNOSIS ............................................................................................................................................. 125 7.1.1 CONFIGURATION OF THE PC BOARD ............................................................................................. 125 7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED ........................................................ 126 7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA .................................................................. 136 7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY ................................................................................................................................... 138 7.2 IC INFORMATION ................................................................................................................................... 142 8. PANEL FACILITIES ........................................................................................................................................ 173

6

PDP-433CMX

1. SPECIFICATIONS PLASMA DIAPLAY (PDP-433CMX and PDP-433MXE) General Light emission panel ............ 43 inch plasma display panel Number of pixels .............................................. 1024 x 768 Power supply .... AC 100 - 120 V, 50/60 Hz (PDP-433CMX) Power supply .... AC 100 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz (PDP-433MXE) Rated current .................... 2.98 A - 2.48 A (PDP-433CMX) Rated current .................... 2.98 A - 1.24 A (PDP-433MXE) Standby power consumption .......... 0.9 W (PDP-433CMX) Standby power consumption .............. 1 W (PDP-433MXE) External dimensions ........ 1070 (W) x 630 (H) x 98 (D) mm ............................. 42-1/8 (W) x 24-13/16 (H) x 3-7/8 (D) in. (including display stand) ...................................... 1070 (W) x 653 (H) x 300 (D) mm ....................... 42-1/8 (W) x 25-23/32 (H) x 11-13/16 (D) in. Weight ............................................... 31.5 kg (69 lbs. 7 oz) (including display stand) .................. 32.1 kg (70 lbs. 12 oz)

Input/output Video INPUT 1 Input

Output Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) 75 Ω/with buffer INPUT 2 Input BNC jack (x5) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity/ 75 Ω or 2.2 kΩ (impedance switch) G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. Audio Input AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT 1/2) Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ Output AUDIO OUTPUT Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms (max)/less than 5 kΩ SPEAKER L/R ... 8 – 16 Ω/2W +2W (at 8 Ω)

Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity /2.2 kΩ G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. *Compatible with Microsoft’s Plug & Play (VESA DDC1/2B)

Accessories Power Cord (ADG1208)

Cleaning Cloth (for wiping front panel) (AED1197)

PDP-433CMX only Binder Assy (AEC1758) Remote Control Unit (AXD1459) Speed Clamp (×2)

Control RS-232C ... D-sub 9 pin (pin connector) COMBINATION IN/OUT ... Mini DIN 6 pin (x2) CONTROL IN/OUT ... monaural mini jack (x2)

Accessories Power cord ...................................... 1 (PDP-433CMX Only) Remote control unit ......................................................... 1 Remote control unit holder .............................................. 1 AA (R6) batteries .............................................................. 2 Cleaning cloth ................................................................... 1 Speed clamps ................................................................... 2 Bead bands ...................................................................... 2 Warranty .......................................... 1 (PDP-433CMX Only) Operating Instructions ...................................................... 1 Display stands .................................................................. 2 Washers ........................................................................... 2 Hex hole bolts (M8X40) .................................................... 2 Ferrite core ...................................... 1 (PDP-433MXE Only) Cable tie .......................................... 1 (PDP-433MXE Only) ÷ Due to improvements, specifications and design are subject to change without notice. Display Stand (×2) (AMR3264)

Dry Cell Battery (R6P, AA)

Bead Bands (×2) Washer (×2) (WB80FZB)

Ferrite Core (ATX1031)

Remote Control Unit Holder (AMR3268)

Hex Hole Bolts (×2) (SMZ80H400FZB)

Cable Tie

PDP-433MXE only

PDP-433CMX

7

2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST NOTES:

• Parts marked by "NSP" are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List. • The mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part. Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation. • Screws adjacent to mark on the product are used for disassembly. • For the applying amount of lubricants or glue, follow the instructions in this manual. (In the case of no amount instructions, apply as you think it appropriate.)

2.1 PACKING

1 37

PDP-433CMX Only 18

20

10 7

27 21 PDP-433MXE Only 34

2

3

22

11 12 13 17 19

35 32

PDP-433CMX Only

PDP-433CMX Only 33

29 25

24 23

14 15 16 5

26

31

27 28

30

8 16

PDP-433MXE Only

6 4 36

2

8

PDP-433CMX

(1) PACKING PARTS LIST Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5

NSP

NSP NSP

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

21 22 23 24

Battery Cover AZN2462 Dry Cell Battery (R6P, AA) AEX1026 Power Cord See Contrast table (2) Binder Assy AEC1758 (Speed Clamp × 2, Bead Band × 2)

25 26 27 28 29

Wiping Cloth Polyethylene Bag Vinyl Bag Display Stand Remote Control Holder

AED1208 AHG-064 AHG1310 AMR3264 AMR3268

See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) ARM1194 ARM1200

30 31 32 33

Hex Hole Bolt Washer Plasma Caution Sheet Operating Instructions (Japanese/English/French)

SMZ80H400FZB WB80FZB See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2)

ARM1201 See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) AXD1459

34

Operating Instructions (Spanish/Italian/Dutch) Operating Instructions (English/French/German)

See Contrast table (2)

Ferrite Core Warranty Card Contens Label

See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2)

Packing Case Carton (43) Pad (43U) Pad (43L) Mirror Mat

See Contrast table (2) AHD3100 AHA2282 AHA2283 AHG1284

6 7 8 9 10

Power Cord Case Accessory Case Assy ••••• ••••• Polyethylene Bag

AHC1037 See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2)

11 12 13 14 15

Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet

16 17 18 19 20

Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Warranty Card Warranty Card Remote Control Unit

NSP

NSP

35 36 37

See Contrast table (2)

(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-433CMX/LUCB and PDP-433MXE/YVLDK are constructed the same except for the following : Part No. Mark

NSP

NSP NSP

No.

Symbol and Description

PDP-433CMX

PDP-433MXE

LUCB

YVLDK

1 1 7 7 10 11 12

Packing Case (43CMX) Packing Case (43MXE) Accessory Cord Case(43CMX) Accessory Cord Case(43MXE) Polyethylene Bag Assy Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet

AHD3130 Not used AXX1058 Not used AHG-195 ARM1145 ARM1147

Not used AHD3134 Not used AXX1059 Not used Not used Not used

13 17 18 19 23

Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Warranty Card Warranty Card Power Cord

ARM1176 ARM1203 ARY1093 ARY1102 ADG1208

Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used

32 33 34 35 36

Plasma Caution Sheet Operating Instructions (Japanese/English/French) Operating Instructions (Spanish/Italian/Dutch) Operating Instructions (English/French/German) Ferrite Core

Not used ARD1052 Not used Not used Not used

ARM1149 Not used ARC1510 ARE1365 ATX1031

37

Warranty Card Contens Label

AAX2911

Not used

PDP-433CMX

Remarks

9

2.2 UNDER LAYER SECTION (1)

1

11

2

11

3

11

4

10

11

10

5 or 6 11

9

13

13

12

Upper side

13

11

9 7 or 8

10

10

11

10

4

11

3

PDP-433CMX

11

2

11

1

• UNDER LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST Mark No.

Description

Part No.

NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP

1 2 3 4 5

ADR CONNECT A Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy BRIDGE A Assy

AWZ6678 AWZ6679 AWZ6680 AWZ6681 AWZ6728

NSP NSP NSP NSP

6 7 8 9 10

BRIDGE B Assy BRIDGE C Assy BRIDGE D Assy ADR RESONANCE Assy Screw

AWZ6729 AWZ6730 AWZ6731 AWZ6751 ABA1301

11 12 13

Screw Shading Sheet (43) Rear Coner Label

VBB30P100FNI AMR3313 AAX2862

2.3 UNDER LAYER SECTION (2) Refer to 1 "2.17 PANEL CHASSIS (43) ASSY (AWU1067)".

5 2

5

5

5

2

• UNDER LAYER SECTION (2) PARTS LIST Mark No. 1

NSP

4

Description

Part No.

2 3 4

Panel Chassis (43) Assy AWU1067 [Refer to "2.17 PANEL CHASSIS (43) ASSY".] Circuit Board Spacer AEC1872 Circuit Board Spacer AEC1873 PCB Spacer AEC1121

5

Wire Saddle

AEC1904

3

PDP-433CMX

11

2.4 UNDER LAYER SECTION (3) 1

Upper side

13

13 13 4 4

5

5

6 11

3

12

11

14

14

Upper side

14

2 14 X DRIVE Assy

15

Upper side

9

8

14 Upper side

12

PDP-433CMX

• UNDER LAYER SECTION (3) PARTS LIST Mark No.

NSP NSP

1 2 3 4 5

Description

Part No.

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy X DRIVE Assy MX AUDIO Assy Metal Fitting Heat Sink

AWV1971 AWV1985 AWZ6644 ANG2464 ANH1594

6 7 8 9 10

Silicone Sheet ••••• Audio Sheet (43) Rivet •••••

AEH1039

11 12 13 14 15

Coil Silicone Sheet Circuit Board Spacer Screw Screw Screw

AEH1048 AEC1872 ABZ30P060FMC VBB30P100FNI PMB30P060FNI

AMR3285 BEC1066

PDP-433CMX

13

2.5 UNDER LAYER SECTION (4) Upper side

2 Upper side

10

10

8

8

8

1

9

Upper side

9

5

14

7

6

PDP-433CMX

• UNDER LAYER SECTION (4) PARTS LIST Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Description

Part No.

Y DRIVE Assy Circuit Board Spacer ••••• ••••• Scan IC Spring (43L)

AWZ6748 AEC1872 ABK1029

Scan IC Spring (43R) Scan Insulation Sheet (43) Screw Screw Coil Silicone Sheet

ABK1030 AMR3287 VBB30P100FNI PMB30P060FNI AEH1048

PDP-433CMX

15

2.6 UNDER LAYER SECTION (5)

4

1

2

3 10

7

7

10

5 10

5 6

6 7

Upper side 8

7

10

18

10

17

10

18

9

10 20

19

Fan Jumper Wire Saddle Wire Saddle 15

15

13

14

16

11

14

14

• Bottom View

11

12

14

PDP-433CMX

• UNDER LAYER SECTION (5) PARTS LIST Mark No. NSP

NSP NSP

NSP NSP

1 2 3 4 5

Description

Part No.

THERMAL SENSOR Assy Heat Sink Silicone Sheet Rivet Insulation Sheet

AWZ6696 ANH1594 AEH1039 BEC1066 AMR3263

6 7 8 9 10

Metal Fitting Wire Saddle PCB Spacer Circuit Board Spacer Screw

ANG2464 AEC1904 AEC1121 AEC1873 ABZ30P060FMC

11 12 13 14 15

Fan Motor Fan Metal (L) Fan Metal (R) Screw Screw

AXM1040 ANG2488 ANG2489 PPZ50P100FZK BMZ30P060FZK

16 17 18 19 20

••••• Niplocker Fan Label J115 3P Housing Wire Binder

AEC1803 AAX2785 ADX2780 AEC-093

PDP-433CMX

17

2.7 UNDER LAYER SECTION (6)

Upper side 43

1

27 29

39

27 30 2

6

16

10

27 5 3

31

7

27 32

4

27

K3 SA1 SA2

17 36

12

TE1

35 D8

37

D16 D9 D10

20 34

D1

44

D11

D18

A6 A7 A5

D6 46 D7 Y1

33

X1 A3

45

38

A1

28

18

Y2 D15

13

19

D14

15

D2 D12

14

D13

25 26

D3 D17

27

42

27 40 SA2 SA1 K3

4

18

24

27

8 46 3

27

23

27

5

11

PDP-433CMX

22

2

39 9

21

1

• UNDER LAYER SECTION (6) PARTS LIST Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

ADR CONNECT A Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy ADR RESONANCE Assy

AWZ6678 AWZ6679 AWZ6680 AWZ6681 AWZ6751

26 27 28 29 30

J202 Flexible Flat Cable Flat Clamp J203 Flexible Flat Cable J205 Flexible Flat Cable J206 Flexible Flat Cable

ADD1183 AEC1879 ADD1198 ADD1202 ADD1200

NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP

1 2 3 4 5

NSP NSP NSP NSP

6 7 8 9 10

BRIDGE A Assy BRIDGE B Assy BRIDGE C Assy BRIDGE D Assy SUB ADDRESS A Assy

AWZ6728 AWZ6729 AWZ6730 AWZ6731 AWZ6692

31 32 33 34 35

J207 Flexible Flat Cable J208 Flexible Flat Cable Power Sheet (43) Rivet J110 3P Housing Wire

ADD1208 ADD1205 AMR3284 BEC1066 ADX2741

11 12 13 14 15

SUB ADDRESS B Assy SCAN (A) Assy SCAN (B) Assy Y DRIVE Assy DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

AWZ6693 AWZ6724 AWZ6725 AWZ6748 AWV1971

36 37 38 39 40

J108 J102 J103 J116 J118

8P Housing Wire Wire PE 13P Housing Wire 4P Housing Wire Wire L

ADX2740 ADX2738 ADX2779 ADX2783 ADX2763

16 17 18 19 20

THERMAL SENSOR Assy X CONNECTOR (A) Assy X CONNECTOR (B) Assy X DRIVE Assy MX AUDIO Assy

AWZ6696 AWZ6726 AWZ6727 AWV1985 AWZ6644

41 42 43 44 45

J119 13P Housing Wire J109 Wire X Binder J204 Flexible Flat Cable J104 Wire W

ADX2768 ADX2787 AEC-093 ADD1207 ADX2786

21 22 23 24 25

J209 J210 J211 J212 J201

ADD1206 ADD1204 ADD1199 ADD1201 ADD1183

46

J117 4P Housing Wire

ADX2783

NSP NSP

NSP NSP

Flexible Flat Cable Flexible Flat Cable Flexible Flat Cable Flexible Flat Cable Flexible Flat Cable

PDP-433CMX

19

2.8 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1) 10

10

11

Upper side

11

1

11

2 3

5

Upper side

6

4

10

11

12 7 12

2 Upper side

11

Upper side

15

8

11

14

8

11

11

11

11

13

14

9

9

• MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST Mark No. NSP NSP

Description

Part No.

Mark No. NSP

NSP

1 2 3 4 5

Front Chassis HU (43) Card Spacer Niplocker Card Corner Holder Sub Frame L

ANA1670 AEC1902 AEC1803 BEC1144 ANG2517

NSP NSP

6 7

Sub Frame R Front Chassis HL (43CMX)

ANG2518 ANA1692

20

PDP-433CMX

Description

Part No.

8 9 10

Front Chassis V (43) FPC Cushion (43) Screw

ANA1672 AEB1371 ABA1283

11 12 13 14 15

Screw Screw VR Cushion V Cushion Gascket R

ABA1294 BMZ30P060FMC AEB1374 AED1205 ANK1695

2.9 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (2)

11

12

3

7

9 4

6

5 2

9

12

1 9

6

• MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (2) PARTS LIST Mark No.

NSP

NSP

1 2 3 4 5

Description

Part No.

IR Assy MX LED Assy J113 Wire O KEY CONNECTOR Assy IR Holder

AWZ6643 AWZ6642 ADX2778 AWZ6695 ANG2494

6 7 8 9 10

Nyron Rivet J111 Wire Y Switch Holder Screw •••••

AEC1671 ADX2788 ANG2493 BMZ30P040FMC

11 12

V Cushion Gascket R

AED1205 ANK1695

PDP-433CMX

21

2.10 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (3)

3

4

3

22

10

12

22

21

5

Bottom Side

6 23

22 8

2

22

RGB Assy

6

J201 J202

• MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (3) PARTS LIST Mark No.

5

9

7

1

11

NSP

17 15 12

13 14 12

20

17

12

NSP

11 19

22

22

NSP

18

PDP-433CMX

1 2 3 4 5

Description

Part No.

RGB Assy SLOT CONNECTOR Assy Spacer Card Spacer RGB Base

AWZ6744 AWZ6634 AEC1065 AEC1882 ANA1662

6 7 8 9 10

Ground Finger Card Spacer Ferrite Core (L3) Ferrite Core Holder J112 13P Housing Wire

ANG2468 AEC1899 ATX1037 AEC1818 ADX2784

11 12 13 14 15

Guide Rail EX Clamp J107 12P Housing Wire J109 Wire X Nyron Rivet

AEC1900 AEC1884 ADX2702 ADX2787 AEC1671

16 17 18 19 20

••••• Wire Saddle Video Stay Ferrite Core (L2) Binder

AEC1745 AND1171 ATX1039 AEC-093

21 22 23

PCB Stay Screw Screw

AND1170 AMZ30P060FZK VBB30P100FNI

2.11 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (4) 6

6 7

7

7 7

7 7

7

1 2

9

10

3

Upper Rear Side

4

4 5

Upper Side

• MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (4) PARTS LIST Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Terminal Panel CMX Slot Spring (Under) Slot Spring (Upper) Card Spacer Gascket S

ANG2486 ABK1028 ABK1031 AEC1898 ANK1699

6 7 8 9 10

PDP-433CMX

Description Screw Screw ••••• Expansion Slot Cover Screw

Part No. AMZ30P060FZK TBZ40P080FZK ANG2463 BMZ30P060FZK

23

2.12 UPPER LAYER SECTION (1)

16

7

J201 J201 J202

1

15

14

17

11

12

10 J109

J113

C3

C1

2

13

3

2

5

18

17

14

18

6

15

4 17

24

PDP-433CMX

• UPPER LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST Mark No.

Description

Part No.

I/O Assy CONTROL Assy SP OUT R Assy SP OUT L Assy Power Switch (S1)

AWZ6631 AWZ6633 AWZ6706 AWZ6705 BSM1006

6 7 8 9 10

AC Inlet with Filter (CN1) J201, J202 Flexible Cable ••••• ••••• J106 Wire C

AKP1223 ADD1183

11 12 13 14 15

Ferrite Core (L1) J114 Earth Wire J105 Wire B Hexagonal Nut Hexagonal Head Screw

ATX1032 ADX2709 ADX2692 ABN1035 BBA1051

16 17 18

Screw Screw Screw

PMB30P060FNI BPZ30P080FZK BMZ30P060FZK

1 2 3 4 5

ADX2693

PDP-433CMX

25

2.13 UPPER LAYER SECTION (2) 12

10

10

7

4

6

8

9

3

5

P4

P6 P1 VM1

P7

P2 P5

P3

100V

1

26

PDP-433CMX

200V

SW101

(1) UPPER LAYER SECTION (2) PARTS LIST Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5

Description

Part No.

SW Power Supply Module ••••• J104 Wire W J119 13P Housing Wire J105 Wire B

AXY1059 ADX2786 ADX2768 ADX2692

6 7 8 9 10

J101 12P Housing Wire J118 Wire L J103 13P Housing Wire J102 Wire PE Screw

ADX2771 ADX2763 ADX2779 ADX2738 AMZ30P060FZK

11 12

••••• Solder Warning Label

See Contrast table (2)

(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-433CMX/LUCB and PDP-433MXE/YVLDK are constructed the same except for the following : Part No. Mark

No.

Symbol and Description

PDP-433CMX

PDP-433MXE

LUCB

YVLDK

AAX2644

Not used

12 Solder Warning Label

PDP-433CMX

Remarks

27

2.14 FRONT CASE SECTION 2

(1) FRONT CASE SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5

18 19 1

4

5 6 7

8 3 17

16

16 10

PDP-433CMX Only

NSP

10

Description

Part No.

SIDE KEY Assy Front Case Assy 43 (M) Rivet Flexible Seal J213 Flexible Cable

AWZ6637 AMB2712 AEC1877 AEH1036 ADD1195

6 7 8 9 10

Ferrite Core (L4) Lead Cover (MX) Pioneer Badge ••••• Panel Holder (43)

ATX1043 AMB2703 AAM1091

11 12 13 14 15

Spacer ••••• Panel Cushion V (43) Panel Cushion H (43) Protect Panel Assy (43)

AEC1896 AED1201 AED1200 AMR3303

16 17 18 19

Screw Screw Energy Star Label Display Label

ABZ30P050FZK VMZ30P060FZK AAX2856 See Contrast table (2)

ANG2487

16

16

10

10

NSP

10 11

10

11

16

11

11

16 14

13 13

14

15

(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-433CMX/LUCB and PDP-433MXE/YVLDK are constructed the same except for the following : Part No. Mark

NSP

28

No.

Symbol and Description

PDP-433CMX

PDP-433MXE

LUCB

YVLDK

AAX2836

Not used

19 Display Label

PDP-433CMX

Remarks

2.15 REAR SECTION 3

10 4

5 3

4

(1) REAR SECTION PARTS LIST

4 10 4

6 7 11 3

4

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5

4

4

NSP 4

10 4

3

3

8

3

3

3 9

3

10

Description

Part No.

Rear Case (M) Gascket A Screw Screw Cleaning Label

ANE1601 ANK1694 AMZ30P060FZK TBZ40P080FZK AAX2751

6 7 8 9 10

Name Label Bolt Caution Label Terminal Display Label R (43) Terminal Display Label L (43) Rear Corner Label

See Contrast table (2) AAX2852 AAX2878 See Contrast table (2) AAX2862

11

Korean Label

See Contrast table (2)

1

Bottom View 2

(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-433CMX/LUCB and PDP-433MXE/YVLDK are constructed the same except for the following : Part No. Mark

NSP NSP

No.

6 6 9 9 11

Symbol and Description

PDP-433CMX

PDP-433MXE

LUCB

YVLDK

AAL2430 Not used AAX2936 Not used Not used

Not used AAL2431 Not used AAX2938 AAX2944

Name Label (43 CMX) Name Label (43 MXE) Terminal Display Label L (43) Gray Terminal Display Label L (43E) Gray Korean Label

PDP-433CMX

Remarks

29

2.16 PDP SERVICE ASSY 433 (AWU1069) PDP Service Assy 433 (AWU1069) consists of the following parts.

• PARTS LIST Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Panel Chassis (43) Assy Front Chassis V (43) Front CHassis HU (43) Front Chassis HL Sub Frame L (43)

AWU1067 ANA1702 ANA1698 ANA1700 ANG2517

Insullation Sheet Scan Sheet (43) Card Corner Holder Screw Screw

AMR3263 AMR3287 BEC1144 ABA1283 ABA1294

Sub Frame R (43) Scan IC Spring (43L) Scan IC Spring (43R) Metal Fitting FPC Cushion (43)

ANG2518 ABK1029 ABK1030 ANG2464 AEB1371

Screw Screw Screw Screw Bolt

ABZ30P060FMC BMZ30P060FMC PMB30P060FNI VBB30P100FNI ABA1259

NSP

PCB Spacer Locking Card Spacer Circuit Board Spacer Circuit Board Spacer Spacer

AEC1121 AEC1736 AEC1872 AEC1873 AEC1896

Corner Pad Upper Carton Under Carton Packing Sheet Washer

AHA2293 AHD3139 AHD3140 AHG1291 WB80FZB

NSP

Card Spacer Wire Saddle Panel Cushion H (43) Panel Cushion V (43) V Cushion

AEC1902 AEC1904 AED1200 AED1201 AED1205

VR Cushion Niplocker Static Plate Plate Screw

AEB1374 AEC1803 AHK1013 AHK1014 BYC40P220FMC

Washer Serivec Panel notes

WC60FZK ARM1217

NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP

2.17 PANEL CHASSIS (43) ASSY (AWU1067) Panel Chassis (43) Assy (AWU1067) consists of the following parts.

• PARTS LIST Mark No.

Description

• LIST OF ASSY Part No.

Mark No.

NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP

SCAN FUKUGO ASSY ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY Address Module (IC1 - IC32) FPC (J1,J2) FPC (J3,J4)

AWV1969 AWV1928 AXF1113 ADY1079 ADY1080

NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP

Chassis Assy (43) Chassis (43) Base Chassis (43) Scan Heatsink (43) Corner Angle A

ANA1693 ANA1668 ANA1669 ANH1601 ANG2457

NSP NSP

NSP

30

Corner Angle B Tube Cover Silicone Sheet 43 Adhesive Tape 43 Adhesive Tape B 43

ANG2458 AMR3262 AEH1043 AEH1044 AEH1054

Panel Silicone Sheet Silicone Sheet B 43

AEH1055 AEH1056

Pin Grommet Card Spacer Scan Silicone Sheet (43) Plasma Panel Assy (43) Screw

Description

Part No.

NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP

SCAN FUKUGO ASSY SCAN (A) ASSY SCAN (B) ASSY X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY BRIDGE A ASSY BRIDGE B ASSY BRIDGE C ASSY BRIDGE D ASSY

AWV1969 AWZ6724 AWZ6725 AWZ6726 AWZ6727 AWZ6728 AWZ6729 AWZ6730 AWZ6731

NSP NSP NSP NSP

ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY ADR CONNECT A ASSY ADR CONNECT B ASSY ADR CONNECT C ASSY ADR CONNECT D ASSY ADR RESONANCE ASSY

AWV1928 AWZ6678 AWZ6679 AWZ6680 AWZ6681 AWZ6751

AEC1015 AEC1889 AEH1047 AAV1239 VBB30P100FNI

PDP-433CMX

Caution in Replacement of Chassis Block Please order the PDP Service Assy 433 (AWU1069) when replacing the Chassis block. PDP Service Assy 433 is all common use parts of for business, public use and module. Supply it by the state that installed Circuit Board Spacer (AEC1872) and Wire Saddle (AEC1904) as follows. Therefore need to remove it in accordance with model. Confirm character carved a seal near the parts, and remove it. P : Public exclusive use W : Module exclusive use PW : Common use of public use and module ∗ In case of this unit, the parts that "W" is marked removes.

PDP Service Assy 433 (AWU1069)

Circuit Board Spacer Circuit Board Spacer (AEC1872) (AEC1872)

PDP-433CMX

31

1

2

3

4

3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM A

3.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM 3.1.1 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

CLK/LE

ADR CONNECT A ASSY AA1

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

VADR2

IC6501 Buffer IC

Driver IC

VADR2

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

CLK/LE

ADR CONNECT B ASSY AB1

CLAMP

Driver IC

Driver IC

IC6601 Buffer IC

Driver IC

VADR2

BGA1 Q6706 - Q6711 VADR Gen.

BRIDGE A ASSY

K2 K1

ADR RESONANCE ASSY

SAA3 ADR_CO

+60

SUB ADDRESS A ASSY SAA1

B

D8

D9

D16

D10

D1 +12V

THERMAL SENSOR ASSY

IC5 VCC_VH IC6201 ADD PSUS SEL_PULSE

DC/DC Conv. Module

D11

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY KL_U0:2

VC_VF+ VC_VF- V_OFS VCC_VH V_IC5V

D7 D18

DC/DC Conv. Block VCP

Y-SUS MASK Block

IC5 VCC_VH IC6204 ADD SEL_PULSE

ADL_LE_UL ADL_LE_DL

Drive Signal

IC2206 Pulse Module +15V

XDRV_SIG

Y1

+5V +15V VSUS

PSUS

IC1703 XY Drive Sequence Pattern Gen.

+5V

VSUS

D6

V+2V

YDRV_SIG SCAN_SIG

Y4

V+3V X180 V+3V_IC Clock V+2V_IC V+5V_STB Gen.

Logic Block

+Reset Block VCC_VH V_IC5V

IC5 VCC_VH IC6206 ADD SEL_PULSE SCAN

D4

V+3VD

Y2

IC5 VCC_VH IC6205 ADD SEL_PULSE

V+2VD

+12V

Y DRIVE ASSY

IC5 VCC_VH IC6203 ADD SEL_PULSE

IC1301 (IC31 L) Sub-Field Conv. for Left with Field Memory

VCP

D15

+5V +15V VSUS Y-SUS MASK Block

Y3

IC2204 Pulse Module

Drive Signal V+3V_I

SCAN (B) ASSY (LOWER)

D14

V+2V_I +15V

VCC_VH V_IC5V

IC5 VCC_VH IC6001 ADD SCAN SEL_PULSE

Soft-D Block

ADL_LE_DR

D

V+3VD

+12V

TE1

V+3V

IC5 VCC_VH IC6202 ADD SEL_PULSE

C

V+5VD

V+5V_STB

SCAN (A) ASSY (UPPER)

SAA2

Y5

IC5 VCC_VH IC6002 ADD SEL_PULSE

VC_VF+ VC_VF- V_OFS

IC1401 (IC31 R) Sub-Field Conv. for Right with Field Memory

D2 ADCLK_DR

BA2:9 BB2:9

V+3VD Scan Signal

IC5 VCC_VH IC6003 ADD SEL_PULSE

Offset Block

GA2:9 IC1191 Flash ROM

V+5V_STB PSUS V_IC5V

IC5 VCC_VH IC6004 ADD SEL_PULSE

V+3VD

Photo Coupler Block

Y6

GB2:9

IC1207 Module UCOM

IC5 VCC_VH IC6005 ADD SEL_PULSE

TXD/RX

RA2:9

IC1101 Panel UCOM

RB2:9 TXD0/RX0 RE LED_SIG I2

IC5 VCC_VH IC6006 ADD SEL_PULSE PSUS

D17 D12

D3

D13

E SIDE KEY ASSY KEY CONNECTOR ASSY C3

C1

SPR1 SW1

SUB ADDRESS B SAB1 ASSY

232C DRIVER

KL1 KL2

SAB2

+60 ROUT

RE1

SP OUT R ASSY

IR ASSY

SR IN

SR OUT

Combi IN

Combi OUT

RS-232C

CONTROL ASSY BRIDGE C ASSY

Q6706 - Q6711 VADR Gen.

BGC1 CLAMP

F

Driver IC

Driver IC

CLK/LE

Driver IC

Driver IC

IC6901 Buffer IC

Driver IC

32

Driver IC

VADR2

Driver IC

K1 K2

AD1

ADR CONNECT D ASSY

VADR2

ADR CONNECT C ASSY

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

AC1 CLK/LE

Driver IC

Driver IC

IC6801 Buffer IC

Driver IC

VADR2

Driver IC

PDP-433CMX 1

2

ADR_CO

SAB3

ADR RESONANCE ASSY

3

4

Driver IC

Driver IC

5

6

7

8

A

Note : When ordering service parts, be sure to refer to "EXPLODED VIEWS and PARTS LIST" or "PCB PARTS LIST". Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

VADR2

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

CLK/LE

ADR CONNECT C ASSY AC1

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

VADR2

VADR2

IC6801 Buffer IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

CLK/LE

ADR CONNECT D ASSY AD1

CLAMP

Driver IC

IC6901 Buffer IC

BGB1

BRIDGE B ASSY

K3

SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE

B V MID CLAMP Block

SW POWER SUPPLY Block -9V T101 +6.5V

CLAMP

Switching Q115

M111 Switching Q119

+15V

T103

NEUTRAL

Switching Q112

Switching Q117

+12V T102

LIVE

T104

T105

X DRIVE ASSY

CLAMP

RL101

PRIMARY

T105

X1

SECONDARY +5V

VSUS_CONT M114

VCP

Drive Signal

IC3200 Pulse Module

X_SUS MASK

+5V

V_RN +15V

VM1

P2

P6

+15V

P3

VSUS

VSUS

+13.5V

-9V

+15V

STB5V

P5

NEUTRAL

AC IN

C

P4

Logic Block

R1 +3V,+2V

STB+5V

R4

R2

STB+5V 12.5V

MX AUDIO ASSY +5V_AD/RGB

BA29 BB29

IC5301 (IC30)

GA29

IC5601 WIDE UCOM

GB29

IC5505 MAIN UCOM

SD RAM SD RAM 10M 10M

IC4803 PLD for SYNC

Drive Signal

VSUS +15V

VCP

IC3201 Pulse Module

X_SUS MASK

+5VSTB

+15V,+5VSTB

MATRIX IC4603 A/D PLL AMP 6M LPF

D.C Det

+15V

X4 ROUT

R_Audio L_Audio Audio Mute A_Mute2

IC5102 (IC101)

P_SUS

A7

Audio_NG

A5

R3

+5V

X2

Temp3

3State Buffer

IC5001 (IC102)

A6

IC8701 Regulator

FAN_NG

I2C-BUS

RB29

+15V

FAN_Mute

OP-Amp (Buf)

Flash ROM RA29

+Reset Pulse Block

R8

STB+5V

R9

P_SUS

X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY

P1

VADR

+12V

STB5V

STB5V

+6.5V

+13.5V

-9V

P7 LIVE

X3

VSUS +15V

DC/DC Conv. Block

POWER (RELAY)

IC8601 Power Amp

LOUT

A3

A1

+3V,+5V,-5V,+9V

S1 SD RAM SD RAM 10M 10M

X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY

RC101

+13.5V

D

S2

R6

S3

RGB ASSY

L1

SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY

MX LED ASSY VIDEO SLOT ST1 ASSY V1

T4

T1

T5

T2

9V,±5V, 3V

12V,13.5V, -9V,6.5V, STB5V

12V, STB5V

T6

STB5V

Reg

Reg

E2PROM 6M LPF

Expander

6M LPF SECAM FLT

+7V

3L Y/C

3D Y/C & CNR

E

3State Buffer

I/O ASSY

Component/ RGB

IC7302 Chroma Decode (4-ISEL)

+7V,-8V

+3V,+5V

12V,9V,±5V,3V 13.5V,6.5V,-9V Reg Plug&Play E2PROM

I2C-BUS

+3V,+5V,-5V

T3

12V,13.5V, -9V,6.5V

IN1 DET

SEL

SEL

Component/ RGB

OUTPUT

6M LPF IC7401 TMDS Receiver

INPUT2

Audio IN

Audio OUT

IN3 DET

SEL

SP OUT L ASSY

IN4 DET

SPL1

Plug & Play E2PROM DVI-D

INPUT1

SEL

SD RAM

INPUT1/2/5

INPUT5

Audio

S-Video

Audio

INPUT3

Composite

L OUT

OUTPUT

INPUT4

BRIDGE D ASSY

K3

BGD1 CLAMP

AB1

ADR CONNECT B ASSY

VADR2

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

CLK/LE

Driver IC

Driver IC

IC6601 Buffer IC

Driver IC

VADR2

Driver IC

AA1

ADR CONNECT A ASSY

VADR2

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

CLK/LE

IC6501 Buffer IC

F Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

Driver IC

33

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

3

4

IC5001 (???????) IC102

CLK(236)

HP(55) VP(56)

SD RAM 16M

RAO[0:7]RBO[0:7] GAO[0:7]GBO[0:7] BAO[0:7]BBO[0:7]

I/O ASSY

V+9V V+5V

V+12V

IC4002

HOLD

V+9V

IC4003

V+5V

SYNCIN(111/112)

CLP_AMP

V+3.3V IC4005

V+3.3V AD

V+3.3V IC4006

V+3.3V PLD

-9V

V-5V

IC4001

HOLD(106)

IC4603 (CXA3516R) A/D PLL AMP (2-1 Select)

1/2CLK (101)

IC4004

G/YOUT(2) B/CbOUT(1) R_CrOUT(3)

V+12V

6.5V

(LCX541) 2-1 Selector Buffer

(LCX125) CLK SEL DIVOUT (103)

13.5V

C

VCLK(132) DEO(99) HDO(98) VDO(97)

EMG_IP(67) CS(66) HWR(64) RD(65) RES(56)

B

SD RAM 16M

HP(170) HD_AD(52) VP(169) RA_IP[0:7] GA_IP[0:7] BA_IP[0:7] CLK(3) FDET(60) VACT(61) WAIT(62)

HI(57) VI(58) FI(64)

YI[0:7] PBI[0:7] PR[0:7]

YP[0:15] PBP[0:15] PRP[0:15]

IC5102 (PE5066ACK) IC101

CLP1(278) CLP2(279) YI[0:7] HBLK1(280)PBI[0:7] VBLK1(282) PR[0:7] VD_AD(53) YP[0:15] PBP[0:15] PRP[0:15] HI(168) VI(167) FI(166)

UA[0:20]

UD[8:15]

HWR(66) RD(65) RES(62)

3.1.2 RGB ASSY

IPKILL(68) CS(67) FILM(70)

A

2

CLPIN(113)

CLP_AMP

XUNLOCK (104)

ACL

V-5V ACL AMP STB+5V

CBLK_LPF

6M LPF

SDA(56) SCL(55)

DIVOUT(32) HD_30(72) HD_PLL(27) VD_AD(8)

IC4103 (TC4052BF) EXT/INT SEL

E Audio Input

EXT_INT

CLP_AMP(28) CLP_MAT(111) CBLK_MAT(110) CBLK_LPF(109) HDLD_PLL(31)

CLP1(5) CLP2(6) HBLKT(7) VBLKT(8)

IN1DET

IC4104 (TA7630P) Pre-Amp. VOL

IC4103 (TC4052BF) Mute FIX/VAL SEL FIX_VAR A_MUTE1

Audio Output

-HS(100) +HS(101) +VS(102)

HD_RGB(41) VD_RGB(42) HD_PLK2(117) VD_PLK2(116) HD_PLD(119) VD_PLD(118)

WP_SW

Clamp SW

SYNC SEP

Analog RGB HV / YPbPr

INPUT1 Input DET.

Terminator SW

Terminator SW

Circuit

GeonSYNC(1) 2-1 GeonSYNC(2) SEL

(TC74VHC541) TTL Conv. INPUT2 Component /RGB

EXT_INT

CLP_SW1(91) CLP_SW2(92)

IC4108 (BA7657F) RGB 2-1 SW

SCP-IN (31)

IC4402 (CXA2101AQ) MATRIX ~35M (3-1 Select)

CLP_SEP(99) HPOL(98) VPOL(97) HSTATE(96) VSTATE(93)

Time Circuit

(LT1399CS) 3CH Video Amp.

INPUT1 Monitor Out

Digital RGB

IC4110 (24LCS21A) Plug&Play ROM

INPUT1 Component /RGB

D

CBLK_MAT CLP_MAT

HD_SEP(106) VD_SEP(107)

STB+5V

Chroma Decode (4-1 Select)

(LCX541) Line Buffer

6M LPF SECAM FLT

(TFP201H) TMDS RECEIVER

3L Y/C

6M LPF

SD RAM

3D Y/C&CNR

I2C BUS

3D_RST Audio Amp.

A_MUTE2

2-1 SEL

AUDIO_NG

Audio Audio Input A Input B

6M LPF

2-1 SEL

DVI

Y/C

DVI_PS VY_SBL

VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT

F

34

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

Expan. DBR

5

6

7

8

A

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY SD RAM 16M

SD RAM 16M

RGB ASSY

CLKOUT(88) DEO(92) HDO(91) VDO(90)

OSD_V(49)

HIS(300)

RA[0:9]RB[0:9] GA[0:9]GB[0:9] BA[0:9]BB[0:9]

CLK2A(247)

RAI[0:7]RBI[0:7] GAI[0:7]GBI[0:7] BAI[0:7]BBI[0:7] CLKI(286) HDI(297) DEI(296) VDI(299)

MCLKO(152)

MCLKI(242)

OSD_RXD(21) OSD_CLK(22) OSD_CE(23) HWRB(301) RDB(302) RESETB(303) CS4B(1)

100MHz X'tal

IC5301 (PD6357B) IC30

IC31 (1/2)

B

VD Shift

OSDH(62)

IC5602 (MEM29L800TA-90PFIN) Flash ROM IC31 (2/2)

RST IC

UA [0 : 20] UD [0 : 15]

RESET(61)

V+3VD DC/DC Converter

D_BUSY(64)

REQ_WU(71)

EXT_TXD(60)

EXT_RXD(62)

RY/BY(102)

CS_FLASH(69) FEW_CE(60) A13_FLASH(70) WAIT_FLASH(102) MD2(125)

WU_CE(29)

WACT_FRCT(32)

IC5601 (HD64F2328VF) Wide UCOM D_CLK(63) D_RXD(61)

DLK_PLL(105) PLL_OE(33) TXD_WU(97) SCK_WU(101)

φ(88)

SGLB_AD(79)

HD_W(117) VD_W(34,73) DE_W(33,72)

CS_30(66) IC_RST(126) RDB(91) HWRS(92)

H(119) VI(31) FI(118)

AND

V+2VD

C

HWR_DLAY HWR_30

IC5503 (TC74WHTC541AFT) 5V → 3.3V Converter

IC5501 (TC74WHTC541AFT) 3.3V → 5V Converter

(M5223) OP AMP

(LM50C1M3) Thermo Sensor 2

Wide UCOM Write Connector

TEMP2(95)

RST2(75)

BUSY30(55)

IN5DET(49)

BUSY(54)

REQ_WU(74)

ULK_PLL(30)

DIN_SEL (66) ACL_SW(58)

WE_WU(71)

MD2(69)

RST_WU(70)

FWE(68)

OSD_CE (45) WU_CE(47)

TC7W126FU

D

CLK(125) SCL(29) SDA(30)

IC5504, IC5509 (74HCT00) SYNC SEL

IC5502 (24LC64(I)SN EEP ROM THERMO SENSOR FAN

IN4DET

IN3DET

EEPROM

Slot State

Module UCOM

PNL_MUTE(60) POWER(53) REQ_MD(19) REM(18) CB_MUTE (50)

CNVSS(9) BUS(34) RXD1(32) TXD1(31) RST(12)

LED_G(37) LED_R(38)

IN3DET(36) IN4DET(37)

WE_MD(72)

TC7W126FU

SDIN_SEL(67)

DPMS(7) H_SYNC(5) H_SYNC(6) AUDIO_NC(42)

RGB_SEL(52) IN1DET(40)

VOL(4) EXT_INT(76) FIX_VAR(84) A_MUTE1(77) A_MUTE2(78)

KEY1_SCAN(20)

SYNC_ST(85) SLOT_ST(93) SLOT_ST2(22)

FAN_NG(48) FAN(3)

SYNC_ST(136)

TXD0(35) RXD0(36)

IC5505 (M3062FGAFP) Main UCOM

WP_SW(21)

TEMP(94)

SIGRST(88) FR_SEL(51) PLD_CE(90) TXD(1) CLK(2) H_POL(79) V_POL(80)

FR_SEL(134) PLD_CE(137) SCK(128) TXD(138) H_POL_U(132) V_POL_U(131)

(E)SDA(82) (E)SCL(81) EEPRST(83)

HD_U(140) VD_U(139)

IC4803 (EPM3256ATC144-10) PLD for SYNC

Main UCOM (PS9248N) Write Connector RST IC KEY

LED

RS-232C

E REM

SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY

VIDEO SLOT ST1 ASSY (OPTION) F

35

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

3

4

3.1.3 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

RGB ASSY

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

3.3V 2.5V

3.3V RGB 2 phase 10 bit

IC1301 (IC31 L) (PD6358) DRAM

Address Data

IC1401 (IC31 R) (PD6358) DRAM

Address Data

ADR CONNECT A - D Assy (Left section)

Line Buffer

Address BUS Data BUS 3.3V Control Signal

C

5.0V → 3.3V

EXT_RXD

EXD RXD EXD TXD

EXT_TXD

3.3V → 5.0V RST2

Reset IC CN1201

X DRIVE Assy

PC_VIDEO

RXD BUSY REQ_PU

RST PU

RXDO REM PM_ST PN_MUTE MAX_PLS1 DITHER MOD_SW POWER MAX_PLS2

RESET

Address Resonance Control

AND

STB5V

OR

STB5V

IIC BUS

TXDO REQ_MD

IC1207 (M30624FGAFP) Module Microcomputer

RXDO TXDO

DCC_PD 5V

5V

3.3V

RELAY

Reset IC

TEMP1

RESET

AC_OFF PD_TRIGGER

SW POWER SUPPLY Module

E

F

PDP-433CMX 1

2

STB5V

DC/DC Converter Block

THERMAL SENSOR Assy

36

2.5V

OR

WE_PN

D

EEP ROM

Panel W/B ADJ. Hour/Pulse meter pn

DIG. ADR. PD

IC5505 (M30624FGAGP) Main Microcomputer

RESONANCE Assy

ADR_K_EMG 5V

12V

AND

IC1101 (HD64F2328VF) Panel Microcomputer

DEW DET

HD VD

Y DRIVE Assy Sustain Control

ADR K PD U ADR K PD D

3.3V

IC1703 (IC23) (PE5064)

ADR PD

IC1191 Flash ROM

APLR

Reflesh-rate Det.

ADR CONNECT A - D Assy (Right section)

3.3V

VD 31

VD HD DE CLK

STOPB

IC5301 (PD6357) IC30

3

4

STB5V

B

APD MUTE

A

2

1

2

3

8

VSUS

17

14

3

6

VSUS 225V

IC3004 TC74ACT540FT

16

15

4

5

16

18

4

17

3

2

15

18

5

2

14

6

9

P.D. DET.

10

7

9

8

6

4

3

2

5

1

IC3008 PE1012A

PLD

16

6 9

18 15

13

11

14

12

VRN OVP

VRN UVP

XNR_U

SUSGND

Photo coupler

IC3102 HCPL-M611

charge pump circuit

IC3201 STK795-460 Pulse Module

VRN-300V

IC3113 TND301S

IC3110 TND301S

XSUS-MSK

XNR-D1

XNR-D2

20

18

16

14

XCP-MSK

T3701 VRN D-D CONV.

IC3001 TC74ACT541FT

7 8

17 16

15

4 5

21 19

22

18 17

2 3

23

20

XNR_U

20

18

IC3200 STK795-460 Pulse Module

2-9 11-18

Q3128

Q3122

Q3116 Q3120

K3106 SUSOUT B

IC3101 TC74ACT541FT

VCP

29,30

37-40

29,30

IC3106,IC3107 TND301S

IC3103,IC3104 TND301S

Q3110, Q3114 Q3111

Q3104, Q3109 Q3106, Q3125

Q3113, Q3127

Q3105, Q3124

Q3112, Q3126

K3107 PSUS

To X CONNECTOR ASSY

3

SUSGND

SUSGND 11

3

4

XDRIVE_PD

1

2

+15V

DGND

CN3101 X1

XNR-D2 19

XNR-D1 17

XCP-MSK 15

XSUS-MSK 13

XSUS-G 11

XSUS-D 9

XSUS-U 7

XSUS-B 5

XNR-U 21

PN_MUTE 23

CN3001 X2

IC3008 TC74ACT541FT

16

14

Q3103

2

XDC_DC_PD

From DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

37-40

K3105 SUSOUT A

1 4

3.1.4 X DRIVE ASSY A

B

C

D

E

F

PDP-433CMX

37

4

1

A

2

3

4

3.1.5 Y DRIVE ASSY

Y5 VH

IC5V Photo Coupler

25

Photo Coupler

30

Photo Coupler

31

Photo Coupler

IC2504 TC74ACT540FT CN2501

27

40 42

To SCAN ASSY (Lower)

Photo Coupler

43 45

Photo Coupler

IC2501,IC2502, IC2505,IC2510, IC2512,IC2513, IC2514,IC2525, HCPL-M611

IC2001 TC74ACT541FT

B

CN2502

CLR CLK OC1 OC2-1 LE AB SI1 SI2

IC2506 TC74ACT540FT

To SCAN ASSY (Upper)

VH

OC2-2 Photo Coupler

IC2516 HCPL-M611

Y3 IC2503 TC74ACT540FT

GNDH

14

C SUS muteDET. circuit

+13.5V

16

-9V

18

IC2005 TC74ACT541FT

OC2-2 PN_MUTE YPR-U1 YPR-U2 YSUS-B YSUS-U YSUS-D YOFS YSUS-G YCP-MSK YSUS-MSK YSOFT-D DEW_DET

D

Pulse Module (STK795-460) IC2206

20

IC2004 TC74ACT541FT

33 24

YPR-U1

19 21 9

14

10 16

12 18

Pulse Module (STK795-460) IC2214

18

13 20

16 15

YCP-MSK

22 46

YPR-U2

IC2007 TC74ACT540FT

Y2

Q2102

IC2006 PE1013

YSUS-MSK

Dew DET. circuit

YSOFT-D

charge pump circuit

Photo Coupler

IC2202 HCPL-M611

IC2005 TC74ACT541FT Vsus

E

P.D. DET.

+15V D. GND +13.5V -9V YDRIVE_PD YDC_DC_PD VOFS_ADJ VSUS VSUS SUSGND SUSGND

YOFS

Photo Coupler

IC2208 HCPL-M611

1 2

IC5V

3 4 5

IC5V UVP

IC5V, VF D-D CONV.

VF+ VF-

6 7

D. GND

VOFS

10 11

VOFS UVP

13

VOFS OVP

VOFS D-D CONV.

14

VH

F SUSGND

VH UVP

VH D-D CONV.

VH OVP

38

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

B

VSUS Q2204 YPR-U1 YPR-U2

Q2205 IC2203 TND301S

K2203 37-40 SUSOUT A

IC2212 TND301S

29,30

Q2219

K2220 PSUS

Q2218 Q2215 IC2213 TND301S

5V 15V Vsus

TO Y CONNECTOR ASS'Y

C

Q2221 Q2220

K2212

SUSOUT B 37-40

IC2216 TND301S

29,30

Q2217 Q2226 Q2227

5V 15V Vsus

IC2217 TND301S

D

Q2233 Q2232 VCP

IC2201 TC74ACT541FT 2-9

11-18

PSUS Q2210

IC2204 TND301S

SUSGND

E

Q2211

IC2210 TND301S

F

39

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

40

2

+15V

3

[ MX Audio Block ]

D.C Detect

+5VSTB

R_OUT

Temp3

+5VSTB

FAN_PD

FAN_D

F

PDP-433CMX

4

+5VSTB

A_Mute

L_GND

A3

A7

A6

3

GND

L_Audio

+15V

NOR

+5V_AD/RG B

FAN_D FAN_PD

L_OUT

E

L_Audio

R_Audio

POWER AMP IC8601

[ FAN Drive Block ]

(3.06V - 1.66V)

Vadj

C

Stand_by

+15V

Vc

REGULATOR IC8701

Vout

B R_GND

Audio Mute

OP-AMP(Buf)

FAN_Mute ( < 3.4V )

Vin

2

GND

R_Audio

Audio_NG

Temp3

FAN_NG

uCOM_FAN

+5V_AD/RGB

D

A1

A5

+5V_AD/RGB

A

+15V

1 4

3.1.6 MX AUDIO ASSY

1

2

3

4

A

3.1.7 SUB ADDRESS A and B ASSYS

+60V

Current - Voltage Convert Block

ADRGND CN8801

Over Current DET. Block

R8801 - R8805

Q8801

H : V MID CLAMP OFF L : V MID CLAMP ON

B ADR Output Resistance Load Block

P.D. Output Block V MID SW ADRK EMG1 +12V DGND ADR-B ADR-U ADR-D ADRK. PD

Q8803, Q8831

Q8805, Q8806

ADR EMG 1 Block 12V

Inversion Block

BUFF Block

CN8802 IC8801 (DC+AC)

SW ADR-D ADR-U ADR-B +12V DGND VADR ADRGND ADROUT

+5V REG

IC8801

D8804

(-AC)

Additional Block

(DC)

IC8802

C

5V

Conparator (EMG : ON)

CLK

IC8802

Conparator (EMG : OFF)

Flip / Flop

IC8803

D

CLR

CN8803 IC8804

H : EMG1 OFF L : EMG1 ON

E

F

41

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

1

A

2

3

4

3.1.8 ADR RESONANCE ASSY CAUTION : FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE. REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE NO. ICP-S1.0 MFD BY ROHM CO., LTD. FOR IC6704.

+60V +60V +60V +60V

ICP-S1, 0

CN6702

IC6704

C6703 - C6708

12V

B

Address Resonance Output Block ADROUT ADRGND VADR DGND +12V ADR-B ADR-U ADR-D SW

ADR B

ADR-B Pre-Drive

ADR-B Drive

IC6701

Q6701, Q6704

C6720

Q6706 Q6707 ADR U

C6721

Q6708 Q6709

ADR-U Pre-Drive

CN6701

ADR-U Drive

ADR OUT L6704

C

IC6702

VADR V MID ADRGND DGND SW

Q6702, Q6705

ADR D C6722

Q6710 Q6711

ADR-D Pre-Drive

ADR-D Drive

IC6703

Q6703, Q6712

CN6703 DGND

V MID C6716 C6718

ADRGND

D

3.1.9 ADR CONNECT A, B, C and D ASSYS Address Module (TCP)

Address Module (TCP)

Address Module (TCP)

Address Module (TCP)

ADR OUT ADR PD

E

BRIDGE ASSY OPEN PD

HZ LBLK HBLK LE CLK DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B

DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B

DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B

DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B

DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B

DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B

F

HZ LBLK HBLK LE CLK

Q6502, Q6503

Buffer

IC6501

CN6501

42

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

1

2

5

3/4

1/2

INPUT

Total Figure

3

INPUT5

IC4108 BA7657F

IC7401 TFP201A

IC4108 BA7657F

IC4108 BA7657F

IC4108 BA7657F

6M LPF IC4403

6M LPF IC4403

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC4603 CXA3516R

IC4603 CXA3516R

IC4603 CXA3516R

IC4603 CXA3516R

IC4402 CXA2101AQ

IC4402 CXA2101AQ

IC4402 CXA2101AQ

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC4603 CXA3516R

IC4402 CXA2101AQ

Signal Route

Digital Video Signal

Analog Video Signal

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

2

INPUT3/4

VIDEO SLOT

INPUT2

INPUT1

PC Signal

VIDEO Signal (NTSC etc.)

PC Signal

VIDEO Signal (except 480i)

VIDEO Signal (480i)

Input Signal

1 3 4

3.1.10 VIDEO SIGNAL ROUTE A

B

C

D

E

F

PDP-433CMX

43

4

F

1

44

2

5

3/4

3

INPUT5

INPUT3/4

VIDEO SLOT

INPUT2

INPUT1

Separate SYNC (+DE, +CLK)

Separate SYNC

GonSYNC/YonSYNC

Separate SYNC

Composite SYNC

GonSYNC/YonSYNC

Input Signal

IC4108 BA7657F

IC4108 BA7657F

IC4108 BA7657F

IC4108 BA7657F

IC4801 NJM2234

IC4801 NJM2234

This circuit that separates with VD from CompositeSYNC

IC4801 NJM2234

IC4802 M52346SP

IC4802 M52346SP

IC4802 M52346SP

IC4802 M52346SP

Signal Route

IC4803 PDY077

IC4803 PDY077

IC4803 PDY077

IC4803 PDY077

IC4803 PDY077

IC4803 PDY077

C

1/2

INPUT

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC5001 PE5067A-K

IC5001 PE5067A-K

3

B

D

E

PDP-433CMX

4 Digital Video Signal

Analog Video Signal

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

IC5301 PD6357B

A 2

Total Figure

1 4

3.1.11 SYNC SIGNAL ROUTE

3.2 WAVEFORMS RGB ASSY 1

CH1 : IC5505 - pin 29 (SCL) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 30 (SDA) V: 5V/div. H: 500µsec/div.

6

CH1 : IC5505 - pin 1 (TXD) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 2 (CLK) V: 5V/div. H: 100µsec/div.

CH1 CH2

GND

GND

CH2 GND

GND

CH1 CH1 GND

CH2 GND

GND

GND

CH2

CH1

2

CH1 : IC5505 - pin 81 ((E) SCL) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 82 ((E) SDA) V: 5V/div. H: 500µsec/div.

7

IC5505 - pin 15 (XIN) V: 2V/div. H: 50nsec/div.

CH2

GND GND

CH1

GND

CH2

GND GND

CH1

3

IC5505 - pin 20 (KEYSCAN) V: 5V/div. H: 50msec/div.

GND

GND

4

IC5505 - pin 35 (TXDO) V: 5V/div. H: 1msec/div.

GND

GND

5

IC5505 - pin 18 (REM) V: 5V/div. H: 50msec/div.

GND

GND

PDP-433CMX

45

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY 1

K1327 (VDI) K1328 (HDI) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.

4

K1326 (DEI) K1333 (VCLKL) V: 2V/div. H: 4µsec/div.

8

K1308 (VDRB) IC1501 - pin 15 (LBLK) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.

1

K1327 (VDI) K1328 (HDI) V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

4

K1326 (DEI) K1333 (VCLKL) V: 2V/div. H: 10nsec/div.

9

K1308 (VDRB) IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.

2

K1327 (VDI) CN1004 pin 49 (R DIGITAL VIDEO) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.

5

K1308 (VDRB) R1713 - pin 7 (XSUS_B) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.

10

IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) IC1501 - pin 11 (ADRCLK) V: 2V/div. H: 200nsec/div.

3

K1328 (HDI) K1326 (DEI) V: 2V/div. H: 4µsec/div.

6

K1308 (VDRB) R1703 - pin 8 (YSUS_B) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.

10

IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) IC1501 - pin 11 (ADRCLK) V: 2V/div. H: 20nsec/div.

7

K1308 (VDRB) R1343 - pin 8 (RDAT_DL0) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.

46

PDP-433CMX

ADR CONNECT A - D ASSY

RESONANCE ASSY 1

CH1 : IC6702 - pin 2 CH2 : IC6701 - pin 2 CH3 : IC6703 - pin 2 V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)

1

CH1 : IC6501 - pin 8 (CLK) CH2 : IC6501 - pin 6 (LE) CH3 : IC6501 - (DATA) V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)

CH1 GND H: 2msec/div

CH2 GND

2

CH2 GND CH3 GND

CH1 : D6706 Cathode CH2 : D6703 Cathode CH3 : D6708 Cathode V: 2V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)

H: 2msec/div

CH2 GND

H: 500nsec/div

3

CH2 GND CH3 GND

CH1 GND

CH2 GND

CH2

CH1 GND H: 500nsec/div

GND CH3

CH2 GND CH3 GND

CH1 : IC6501 - pin 5 (HBLK) CH2 : IC6501 - pin 3 (LBLK) CH3 : IC6501 - pin 2 (HZ) V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)

GND

2

CH1 GND

H: 2msec/div

H: 500nsec/div

GND CH2 GND

CH3 GND

CH3 GND

GND

CH1 : Q6706 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Soruse V: 10V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)

V MID CLAMP ASSY 1

H: 2msec/div

CH1 GND

CH2 GND

CH1 : Q9006 Base (CLAMP REF V) CH2 : D9010 Anode (MID) CH3 : Q9006 Collector V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar) CH1

CH1 H: 500nsec/div

CH1 : IC8801 - pin 3 CH2 : IC8801 - pin 7 CH3 : IC8802 - pin 1 V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)

CH1

CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 CH2 GND

CH3 GND CH1 GND

CH1 : IC8801 - pin 3 CH2 : IC8801 - pin 7 CH3 : IC8802 - pin 1 V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)

CH3 GND

2

CH1 GND

1

CH1 GND H: 2msec/div

CH3 GND CH1 GND H: 500nsec/div

SUB ADDRESS A, B ASSY

GND

GND

CH2

CH2

GND

4

GND

CH1 : Q6706 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Soruse V: 10V/div. (Input : PC, Signal : Color bar)

CH3 GND

2 H: 2msec/div

CH1 GND

CH2

CH1 : Q9006 Base (CLAMP REF V) CH2 : D9010 Anode (MID) CH3 : Q9006 Collector V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : PC, Signal : Color bar)

GND CH1

CH1 H: 500nsec/div

GND

GND

CH2 CH2 GND

5

GND

CH1 : Q6708 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Drain V: 10V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)

CH3 GND

CH1 H: 2msec/div

GND

CH2 GND

CH1 H: 500nsec/div

GND

CH2 GND

PDP-433CMX

47

VIDEO CARD (PDA-5002) 1

IC7002 - pin 7 (VY) V: 200mV/div. H: 20µsec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)

6

K7301 (CR) V: 200mV/div. H: 20µsec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)

9

CH1 : IC7408 - pin 14 (VD_PLK) CH2 : IC7408 - pin 15 (HD_PLK) CH3 : IC7408 - pin 17 (DE_PLK) CH4 : IC7408 - pin 15 (RB_PLKO4) V: 5V/div. H: 4msec/div. (INPUT5, VESA, 1024 × 768@60Hz, RAMP)

11

CH1 : IC7408 - pin 18 (CLK_PLK) CH2 : IC7408 - pin 15 (HD_PLK) CH3 : IC7408 - pin 17 (DE_PLK) CH4 : IC7408 - pin 15 (RB_PLKO4) V: 5V/div. H: 40nsec/div. (INPUT5, VESA, 1024 × 768@60Hz, RAMP) CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4

CH1

CH2 CH3

2

K7201 (3DY) V: 200mV/div. H: 20µsec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)

7

CH4

IC7303 - pin 7 (HDPLD) V: 2V/div. H: 20µsec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)

10

CH1 : IC7408 - pin 18 (CLK_PLK) CH2 : IC7408 - pin 15 (HD_PLK) CH3 : IC7408 - pin 17 (DE_PLK) CH4 : IC7408 - pin 15 (RB_PLKO4) V: 5V/div. H: 10µsec/div. (INPUT5, VESA, 1024 × 768@60Hz, RAMP)

CH1 CH2

3

K7202 (3DC) V: 200mV/div. H: 20µsec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)

8

CH3

IC7303 - pin 5 (VDPLD) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)

CH4

4

K7303 (Y) V: 200mV/div. H: 20µsec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)

5

K7302 (CB) V: 200mV/div. H: 20µsec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)

48

PDP-433CMX

12

CH1 : IC7408 - pin 14 (VD_PLK) CH2 : IC7410 - pin 5 (VD_PLKU) CH3 : IC7408 - pin 15 (HD_PLK) CH4 : IC7410 - pin 7 (HD_PLKU) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div. (INPUT5, VESA, 1024 × 768@60Hz, RAMP) CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4

RGB VIDEO Signal Waveforms Waveform at Power ON Reset 2, D+2.5V, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div.

A+3.3V, D+2.5V, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 50msec/div.

Wide UCOM, Reset 2, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div.

IC100 clk, Reset 2, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div.

Measurement Point I/O ASSY

RGB ASSY 6

5 2

IC4403 6MLPF

3

13

IC4402 CXA2101AQ

IC4603 CXA3516R

27

14

15 IC5001 PE5067 A-K

12

17

7

22

CN5701

IC4108 BA7657F

J5203

1

CN4004

CN4103

4

10 IC5301 PD6357B

11

26

25

T1

16

21

9 T2

19

24

23

CN5702

18 20

IC4803 PDY077

IC5701

IC4802 M52346 SP

IC5702

8

IC5505 M30624 FGAFP

Trigger Signal T1 K4805 (HD_PLL) : For Horizonatal Sync. Signal T2 IC4802 - pin 13 : For Vertical Sync. Signal

Measurement Condition 1

to 27 :

Input Input Signal Signal Pattern Screen Mode Clamp Mode Color Mode

28 to 29 :

: INPUT 1 (Component) : 480i : H RAMP : WIDE : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1

Input Input Signal Signal Pattern Screen Mode Clamp Mode Color Mode

30 to 31 :

: INPUT 2 (RGBHV) : XGA@60Hz : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1

Input Input Signal Signal Pattern Screen Mode Clamp Mode Color Mode

PDP-433CMX

32 to 33 :

: INPUT 5 (DVI) : XGA@60Hz : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1

Input Input Signal Signal Pattern Screen Mode Clamp Mode Color Mode

: INPUT 2 (RGBHV) : 1125i : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1

49

Information NO.

Point

Information

Trigger Signal (CH4)

1

CN4103 - pin 2

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

2

CN4004 - pin 1

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

3

IC4402 - pin 17

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

4

IC4603 - pin 133

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

5

IC4603 - pin 70

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

6

IC5301 - pin 276

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times.

T1

7

IC5701 - pin 30

Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

8

IC4802 - pin 4

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1 T1

9

IC4802 - pin 15

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

10

IC4402 - pin 31

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

11

IC4603 - pin 113

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

12

IC4603 - pin 103

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

13

IC4603 - pin 101

No output

T1

14

IC4603 - pin 98

Clock signal that synchronizes with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

15

K5315 (HD_SEL)

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times.

T1

16

CN5702 - pin 26

Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

17

K5314 (DE_SEL)

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times.

T1

18

CN5702 - pin 24

Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

19

IC4803 - pin 140

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 1/4 times.

T1

20

K5317 (HD_SEL)

Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)

T1

21

IC4803 - pin 11

Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13

T2

22

K5316 (VD_SEL)

Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13

T2

23

CN5702 - pin 28

Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13

T2

24

IC4803 - pin 139

Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13

T2

25

K4806

Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13

T2

26

IC4402 - pin 31

Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13

T2

27

K4603 (Y_SIGNAL)

Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13

T2

K5314 (DE_SEL) 28

K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL)

K5314 (DE_SEL) is fixed to "L" level in the PC signal indication. K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD _ 30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL).

K5316 (VD_SEL)

Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 28. K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD _ 30) are the same frequency in the PC signal indication.

K5316 (VD_SEL)

K5314 (DE_SEL) is not fixed to "L" level in the PC signal indication by the DVI input. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD_30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL).

K5316 (VD_SEL)

Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 30. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD_30) are the same frequency in the PC signal indication by the DVI input.

K5316 (VD_SEL)

K5314 (DE_SEL) is not fixed to "L" level in the 1125i indication. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD _ 30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL).

K5316 (VD_SEL)

Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 32. Frequency of 2 times of K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD_30) in the 1125i indication.

K5316 (VD_SEL)

K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) 29

K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL)

30

K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL)

31

K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL)

32

K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL)

33

K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30)

50

PDP-433CMX

1

CN4103 - pin 2 V: 200mV/div. H: 10µsec/div.

6

IC5301 - pin 276 V: 1V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

CN4004 - pin 1 V: 200mV/div. H: 10µsec/div.

7

IC5701 - pin 30 V: 1V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

3

IC4402 - pin 17 V: 1V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

8

IC4603 - pin 133 V: 1V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

9

IC4603 - pin 70 V: 1V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

13

IC4802 - pin 15 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

17

K5315 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

IC4603 - pin 101 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

18

CN5702 - pin 24 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

T1

14

IC4402 - pin 31 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

CN5702 - pin 26 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

IC4603 - pin 98 V: 2V/div. H: 80msec/div.

T1

10

T1

IC4603 - pin 103 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

T1

5

12

IC4802 - pin 4 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

16

T1

T1

T1

4

IC4603 - pin 113 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

T1

2

11

19

IC4803 - pin 140 V: 2V/div. H: 100µsec/div.

T1

T1

15

K5315 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

PDP-433CMX

20

T1

K5317 V: 2V/div. H: 10µsec/div.

T1

51

21

IC4803 - pin 11 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.

26

IC4402 - pin 31 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.

28

K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div.

32

K5316

K5316

K5314

K5314

T2

22

K5316 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.

T2

27

K4603 (Y_SIGNAL) V: 1V/div. H: 20µsec/div.

29

T2

23

CN5702 - pin 28 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.

30

K5315

K5315

K5317

K5317

K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 40µsec/div.

T2

K5314

K5314

K5315

K5315

K5317

K5317

K5314

K5315

IC4803 - pin 139 V: 200mV/div. 4msec/div.

K5317

31

K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 100µsec/div. K5316

K5314

K5315

K5317

T2

25

K4806 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.

T2

52

PDP-433CMX

K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 200µsec/div. K5316

K5316

24

33

K5316

K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div.

T2

K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div.

Sustain Waveforms Sustain Waveform (1 field) ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div.

Sustain Waveform ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 2 : K2028 (YSUS_U) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 3 : K2027 (YSUS_B) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 4 : K2029 (YSUS_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 5 : K2037 (YSUS_G) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div.

Drive Pulse Waveforms Reset Waveform ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 100µsec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 100µsec/div.

Y Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 field) ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K2039 (YCP_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 3 : K2040 (YSUS_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 4 : K2041 (OFS) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 5 : K2053 (SOFT_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div.

Sustain Waveform (first half) ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 50V/div. H: 5µsec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 50V/div. H: 5µsec/div.

Y Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 sub-field) ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 50µsec/div. ch 2 : K2039 (YCP_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50µsec/div. ch 3 : K2040 (YSUS_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50µsec/div. ch 4 : K2041 (OFS) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50µsec/div. ch 5 : K2053 (SOFT_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50µsec/div.

Sustain Waveform (second half) ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 50V/div. H: 2µsec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 50V/div. H: 2µsec/div.

X Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 field)

Sustain Waveform (middle) ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 50V/div. H: 1µsec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 50V/div. H: 1µsec/div.

Reset Waveform (second half)

ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K3017 (XCP_MSK) - K3005 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 3 : K3015 (XSUS_MSK) - K3005 (DGND) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div.

ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 5µsec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 5µsec/div.

PDP-433CMX

53

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

5. PCB PARTS LIST NOTES : ÷ Parts marked by “ NSP ” are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List. mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part. ÷ The Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation. ÷ When ordering resistors, first convert resistance values into code form as shown in the following examples. Ex. 1 When there are 2 effective digits (any digit apart from 0), such as 560 ohm and 47k ohm (tolerance is shown by J = 5%, and K = 10%). 560 Ω = 56 × 10 1 = 561 ................................................... RD1/4PU 5 6 1 J 47k Ω = 47 × 10 3 = 473 .................................................. RD1/4PU 4 7 3 J 0.5 Ω = R50 ...................................................................... RN2H Â 5 0 K 1 Ω = 1R0 ......................................................................... RS1P 1 Â 0 K Ex. 2 When there are 3 effective digits (such as in high precision metal film resistors). 5.62k Ω = 562 × 10 1 = 5621 ........................................... RN1/4PC 5 6 2 1 F Mark No.

Description

Part No.

LIST OF ASSEMBLIES NSP

AWV1969 AWZ6724 AWZ6725 AWZ6726 AWZ6727 AWZ6728 AWZ6729 AWZ6730 AWZ6731

ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY ADR CONNECT A ASSY ADR CONNECT B ASSY ADR CONNECT C ASSY ADR CONNECT D ASSY ADR RESONANCE ASSY

AWV1928 AWZ6678 AWZ6679 AWZ6680 AWZ6681 AWZ6751

X DRIVE ASSY

AWV1985

NSP

Y DRIVE ASSY SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY Y DRIVE ASSY SUB ADDRESS A ASSY SUB ADDRESS B ASSY

AWV1990 AWZ6634 AWZ6748 AWZ6692 AWZ6693

NSP

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

AWV1971

RGB VIDEO ASSY I/O ASSY RGB ASSY

AWV1978 AWZ6631 AWZ6744

MX FUKUGO ASSY CONTROL ASSY SP OUT L ASSY SP OUT R ASSY SIDE KEY ASSY THERMAL SENSOR ASSY MX LED ASSY IR ASSY MX AUDIO ASSY KEY CONNECTOR ASSY

AWV1976 AWZ6633 AWZ6705 AWZ6706 AWZ6637 AWZ6696 AWZ6642 AWZ6643 AWZ6644 AWZ6695

NSP

54

Description

Part No.

SCAN (A) ASSY

SCAN FUKUGO ASSY SCAN (A) ASSY SCAN (B) ASSY X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY BRIDGE A ASSY BRIDGE B ASSY BRIDGE C ASSY BRIDGE D ASSY

NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP

Mark No.

SEMICONDUCTORS IC6201-IC6206 D 6207

SN755864APZP KU10N16

CAPACITORS C6201,C6202,C6212,C6213 (0.1µF/250V) C6222,C6223,C6232,C6233 (0.1µF/250V) C6242,C6243,C6252,C6253 (0.1µF/250V)

ACG1088

C6203,C6205,C6220,C6231,C6235 C6251,C6259 C6262-C6266 C6206,C6210,C6215,C6219,C6227 C6229,C6236,C6240,C6244,C6246

CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50

C6255,C6266 C6208,C6209,C6217,C6218,C6226 C6230,C6238,C6239,C6245,C6250

CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH331J5 CCSRCH331J5

C 6257,C 6258 C6204,C6207,C6214,C6216 C6224,C6225,C6234,C6237 C6248,C6249,C6254,C6256 C6211,C6221,C6228,C6241,C6247

CCSRCH331J5 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CKSRYB105Z6R3

C6261

CKSRYB105Z6R3

ACG1088 ACG1088

RESISTORS R6207,R6209,R6222,R6228,R6232 R6239 Other Resistors

RAB4C221J RAB4C221J RS1/16S

OTHERS CN6201 15P CONNECTOR K6202,K6212,K6219,K6225,K6231 TEST PIN K6239,K6244 TEST PIN

PDP-433CMX

AKP1218 AKX9002 AKX9002

J

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

SCAN (B) ASSY

Part No.

BRIDGE B ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS IC6001-IC6006 D 6007

Description

SEMICONDUCTOR SN755864APZP KU10N16

D6431

D1FL20U(S)

CAPACITOR

CAPACITORS

C6431 (0.1µF/100V)

C6001,C6002,C6011,C6012 (0.1µF/250V) C6021,C6022,C6031,C6032 (0.1µF/250V) C6041,C6042,C6051,C6052 (0.1µF/250V)

ACG1088

C6004,C6020,C6029,C6033,C6049 C6058,C6060,C6062-C6066 C6005,C6009,C6013,C6015 C6026,C6027,C6038,C6040,C6044 C6048,C6054,C6059

CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50

C6003,C6006,C6017,C6018 C6023,C6024,C6034,C6037,C6043 C6045,C6053,C6055 C 6003,C 6006,C 6017,C 6018 C6023,C6024,C6034,C6037,C6043

CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50

OTHERS

C6045,C6053,C6055 C6010,C6016,C6030,C6036,C6050 C6061

CCSRCH390J5 CKSRYF105K6R3 CKSRYF105K6R3

BRIDGE D ASSY

ACG1098

OTHERS

ACG1088

CN6431

PH CONNECTOR

B4B-PH-SM3

ACG1088

BRIDGE C ASSY SEMICONDUCTOR D6441

D1FL20U(S)

CAPACITOR C6441 (0.1µF/100V)

CN6441

PH CONNECTOR

ACG1098

B4B-PH-SM3

SEMICONDUCTOR RESISTORS

D6451

R6007,R6012,R6021,R6028,R6032 R6040 Other Resistors

RAB4C221J RAB4C221J RS1/16S

D1FL20U(S)

CAPACITOR J

OTHERS

C6451 (0.1µF/100V)

ACG1098

OTHERS

CN6001 15P CONNECTOR K6001,K6012,K6018,K6025,K6031 TEST PIN K6038,K6044 TEST PIN

AKP1218 AKX9002

CN6451

AKX9002

B4B-PH-SM3

ADR CONNECT A ASSY SEMICONDUCTORS

X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY RESISTORS All Resistors

PH CONNECTOR

RS1/16S

J

IC6501 Q6502 Q6503 D6501

TC74VHC541FT 2SC2712 2SK209 DA227

L6501,L6502 (22µH/0.11A)

ATH1081

COILS

X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY RESISTORS

CAPACITORS

All Resistors

RS1/16S

J

BRIDGE A ASSY SEMICONDUCTOR D6421

D1FL20U(S)

PH CONNECTOR

ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16

C6535

CKSRYF104Z16

R6519-R6522,R6526,R6528 R6530,R6531,R6534-R6537,R6541 R6543,R6545,R6547 R6516 Other Resistors

ACG1098

OTHERS CN6421

ACG1094

RESISTORS

CAPACITOR C6421 (0.1µF/100V)

C6504,C6513-C6520,C6528 (330pF/100V) C6531,C6533,C6534 (47µF/6.3V) C6536-C6538 C6507-C6510,C6522-C6525,C6532

RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J RS1/16S

J

B4B-PH-SM3

OTHERS CN6501

PDP-433CMX

55P CONNECTOR

AKM1202

55

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

ADR CONNECT B ASSY

Description

Part No.

ADR CONNECT D ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS

SEMICONDUCTORS

IC6601 Q6602 Q6603 D6601

TC74VHC541FT 2SC2712 2SK209 DA227

L6601,L6602 (22µH/0.11A)

ATH1081

COILS

IC6901 Q6902 Q6903 D6901

TC74VHC541FT 2SC2712 2SK209 DA227

L6901,L6902 (22µH/0.11A)

ATH1081

COILS

CAPACITORS

CAPACITORS

C6604,C6613-C6620,C6628 (330pF/100V) C6631,C6633,C6634 (47µF/6.3V) C6636-C6638 C6607-C6610,C6622-C6625,C6632 C6635

ACG1094 ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16

C6904,C6913-C6920,C6928 (330pF/100V) C6931,C6933,C6934 (47µF/6.3V) C6936-C6938 C6907-C6910,C6922-C6925,C6932

ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16

CKSRYF104Z16

C6935

CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS

RESISTORS

R6619-R6622,R6626,R6628 R6630,R6631,R6634-R6637,R6641 R6643,R6645,R6647 R6616 Other Resistors

RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J RS1/16S

R6919-R6922,R6926,R6928 R6930,R6931,R6934-R6937,R6941 R6943,R6945,R6947 R6916 Other Resistors

J

OTHERS CN6601

RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J RS1/16S

AKM1202

CN6901

AKM1202

SEMICONDUCTORS

IC6801 Q6802 Q6803 D6801

TC74VHC541FT 2SC2712 2SK209 DA227

L6801,L6802 (22µH/0.11A)

ATH1081

COILS CAPACITORS ACG1094

IC6704 IC6701-IC6703 Q6704,Q6705,Q6712 Q6701-Q6703 Q6710,Q6711

ICP-S1.0 TND301S 2SB1132 2SD1664 FS30ASJ-2

Q6706-Q6709 D6701,D6703,D6704,D6706 D6709,D6710,D6717,D6718 D6711-D6714 D6702,D6705,D6716

FX20ASJ-2 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) SPX-62S UDZ15B

L6704

ATH1121

C6804,C6813-C6820,C6828 (330pF/100V) C6831,C6833,C6834 (47µF/6.3V) C6836-C6838 C6807-C6810,C6822-C6825,C6832

ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16

COIL

C6835

CKSRYF104Z16

CAPACITORS

RESISTORS R6819-R6822,R6826,R6828 R6830,R6831,R6834-R6837,R6841 R6843,R6845,R6847 R6816 Other Resistors

55P CONNECTOR

ADR RESONANCE ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS

RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J RS1/16S

J

CHOKE COIL

C6716,C6718 (1.00F) C6720,C6721 (0.1µF/100V) C6722 (0.0068F/100V) C6703-C6708 (56µF/80V) C6701,C6702,C6709

ACE1159 ACG1101 ACG1102 ACH1347 CEHV470M16

C6710,C6711,C6713

CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS

OTHERS 55P CONNECTOR

All Resistors

AKM1202

RS1/16S

OTHERS CN6701 CN6702 CN6703

56

J

OTHERS 55P CONNECTOR

ADR CONNECT C ASSY

CN6801

ACG1094

PDP-433CMX

23P CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR

AKP1221 B4B-PH-SM3 B5B-PH-SM3

J

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

X DRIVE ASSY

PE1012A TC74ACT540FT TC74ACT541FT

COIL L3001

LFEA100J

CAPACITORS C3005 C3001,C3003,C3004,C3006

CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50

RESISTORS R3009-R3012 R3001,R3003,R3026,R3029 R3002,R3005,R3030,R3033 Other Resistors

RAB4C0R0J RAB4C470J RAB4C472J RS1/16S

30P CONNECTOR

J

KF050HA30L

[X SUS BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC3102 IC3200,IC3201 IC3101 IC3103,IC3104,IC3106,IC3107 IC3110,IC3113

HCPL-M611 STK795-470 TC74ACT541FT TND301S TND301S

IC3109 Q3117 Q3116,Q3119,Q3120 Q3101 Q3103-Q3106,Q3109-Q3114

UPC78L05T 2SJ181L 2SJ522 2SK2503 FS16VS-9

Q3124-Q3127 Q3123 Q3122,Q3128 Q3102,Q3118 D3119

FS16VS-9 FS2AS-14A FS7VS-14A HN1B04FU 1SS184

D3108,D3124,D3125,D3130,D3133 D3101,D3102,D3117,D3126,D3131 D3200,D3202,D3203,D3205 D3207,D3208,D3210-D3215 D3120,D3127-D3129,D3135,D3136

1SS355 D1FL40 D1FL40 D1FL40 UDZ15B

D3216,D3217

RB751V-40

C3200-C3202,C3207-C3209 (330µF/315V) C3112,C3133 C3102,C3107,C3115,C3204,C3211 C3101

ACH1348 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT221M25

C3104,C3106,C3134,C3141 C3135 C3154,C3163 C3103,C3105,C3108,C3109,C3111 C3113,C3114,C3117,C3130,C3140

CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M25 CKSRYB332K50 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50

C3147

CKSRYF104Z50

VR3204 (1kΩ) R3183,R3184,R3187 R3113,R3114,R3121,R3122,R3126 R3132,R3140,R3141 R3212,R3217,R3230,R3234,R3237

ACP1089 ACN1156 RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RS1/10S184J

R3240,R3242,R3245 R3250-R3253 R3134,R3163 R3103 R3109

RS1/10S184J RS1/16S3300F RS1/2S100J RS1/2S102J RS1/2S2R2J

R3102 R3215,R3216 R3228,R3229 R3202,R3203 R3178,R3179

RS1/2S561J RS1MMF101J RS1MMF122J RS1MMF563J RS2MMF181J

Other Resistors

RS1/16S

K3203,K3213 TIP RING CN3101 13P PLUG

J

AKX9002 KM250MA13

[X DD CON BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

L3206,L3207 ATH1112 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR L3201,L3204 CHOKE COIL ATH1113 L3202,L3205,L3210,L3211 ATH1118 CHOKE COIL LFEA100J LFEA101J LFEA470J

ACE1160 ACE1160 ACG1092 ACG1100 ACH1346

OTHERS

COILS

L3101 L3107,L3108 L3103

C3205,C3206,C3212,C3213 (1.5µF) C3225,C3226 (1.5µF) C3131,C3139,C3143 (0.1µF/630V) C3223,C3224 (100pF/500V) C3132 (47µF/350V)

RESISTORS

OTHERS CN3001

Part No.

CAPACITORS

[X LOGIC BLOCK] [X LOGIC BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC3003 IC3004 IC3001,IC3008

Description

IC3712 IC3701 IC3702-IC3704 Q3701 Q3800

AN1431M MIP161 TLP181(GR) 2SC2712 HN1A01FU

D3710,D3711 D3705,D3706 D3702 D3708,D3709,D3713 D3703

1SS355 D1FL20U(S) EC8FS6 RD110P UDZ18B

D3707

UDZS5.6B

L3701 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR

ATH1110

COIL

PDP-433CMX

57

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

ATK1153

[Y DRIVE SUS BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

TRANSFORMER T3701

CAPACITORS C3701 (22µF/315V) C3717 (47µF/315V) C3704 C3706,C3711,C3714 C3712

ACH1345 ACH1346 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT331M16

C3705 C3703,C3707,C3708,C3710 C3715,C3716

CKSQYF104Z50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16

RESISTORS VR3701 (1kΩ) R3732 R3806 R3701-R3704,R3706-R3717 R3805

ACP1089 RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S1803F RS1/16S2702F

R3731 R3802 R3738,R3739 R3800,R3801 Other Resistors

RS1/16S3900F RS1/16S5601F RS1/2S102J RS1/2S823J RS1/16S J

Description

Part No.

IC2202,IC2208 IC2206,IC2214 IC2201 IC2203,IC2204,IC2210,IC2212 IC2213,IC2216,IC2217

HCPL-M611 STK795-470 TC74ACT541FT TND301S TND301S

IC2205,IC2209 Q2203 Q2204,Q2205 Q2201 Q2215,Q2217-Q2221,Q2226,Q2227

UPC78L05T 2SJ281 2SJ522 2SK2503 FQB34N20

Q2232,Q2233 Q2210,Q2211 Q2209 D2225 D2202,D2204

FQB34N20 FS16VS-9 HN1B04FU 1SS184 1SS226

D2211 D2201 D2203,D2205,D2214,D2216,D2223 D2226, D2227, D2243 D2209

1SS355 D1FL20U(S) D1FL40 D1FL40 DF20L60

D2208,D2210,D2212,D2215 D2221,D2222,D2228,D2239 D2224,D2229 D2206,D2207

EC11FS4 EC11FS4 RB751V-40 UDZ15B

L2207 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR L2213,L2214 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR L2206,L2211 CHOKE COIL L2208,L2212,L2215,L2216 CHOKE COIL

ATH1110 ATH1112

L2210 L2203,L2205 L2201

LFEA100J LFEA101J LFEA470J

Y DRIVE ASSY COILS

[Y DRIVE LOGIC BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC2006 IC2007 IC2001,IC2003-IC2005 IC2101 Q2101,Q2102

PE1013B TC74ACT540FT TC74ACT541FT TLP181(GR) HN1C01FU

D2101

1SS355

L2001

LFEA100J

COIL

CAPACITORS C2228,C2230,C2231,C2250-C2252 (1.5µF) C2209,C2210 (0.1µF/630V) C2233,C2248 (100pF500V) C2211 (47µF/350V)

CAPACITORS C2101 C2103 C2003 C2001,C2004,C2005,C2007,C2008 C2010,C2102,C2104,C2122

CEHAT100M50 CEHAT1R0M50 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50

RESISTORS R2015-R2018 R2001,R2002,R2005,R2011 R2037,R2038 R2035,R2036,R2039,R2040 Other Resistors

RAB4C0R0J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RAB4C472J RS1/16S

J

OTHERS CN2001 2101 2001 2002

50P CONNECTOR SENSOR Screw Nut

AKM1201 AXX1057 BMZ20P040FMC NB20FMC

ACE1160 ACG1092 ACG1104 ACH1346

C2216,C2217,C2219,C2234-C2236 (330µF315) C2221,C2225 C2204,C2227,C2237,C2240,C2247

CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25

C2202 C2232 C2218,C2224,C2229 C2212,C2214 C2264,C2270

CEHAT221M25 CEHAT331M2A CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M25 CKSRYB472K50

C2201,C2203,C2205,C2208,C2213 C2220,C2222,C2223,C2238,C2239 C2241,C2242

CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50

ACH1352

RESISTORS VR2201,VR2205 (1kΩ) R2235,R2273,R2291,R2305,R2315 R2317,R2342 R2253,R2256,R2270,R2283,R2332

58

ATH1113 ATH1118

PDP-433CMX

ACP1089 RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RS1/10S184J

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

R2359-R2362 R2263,R2264 R2203 R2209 R2202

RS1/16S2000F RS1/2S100J RS1/2S102J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/2S561J

D2725 D2733 D2724 D2713 D2740

EC8FS6 RD91P U1ZB330 U1ZB36 UDZ12B

R2278,R2303 R2233,R2234 R2274,R2275 R2298,R2299 R2276,R2281

RS1MMF101J RS1MMF152J RS1MMF471J RS2MMF3R3J RS3LMFR82J

D2709,D2716 D2729,D2731 D2703,D2710 D2720,D2730,D2739

UDZ3.6B UDZ33B UDZ36B UDZS5.6B

Other Resistors

RS1/16S

L2701 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR

ATH1110

J

OTHERS

COIL TRANSFORMERS

K2206,K2218 TIP RING AKX9002 KN2201-KN2210 GROUND PLATE ANK-142 CN2201 15P PLUG KM250MA15

T2702 T2703 T2701

CAPACITORS

[Y DRIVE SCAN BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC2501,IC2502,IC2505,IC2510 IC2514,IC2516,IC2525 IC2503,IC2504,IC2506

HCPL-M611 HCPL-M611 TC74ACT540FT

L2501-L2503

LFEA100J

COILS CAPACITORS C2506,C2527 C2502 C2524,C2525 C2501,C2503-C2505,C2507,C2508 C2513,C2517

CEHAT220M2D CEHAT221M16 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50

RESISTORS R2502,R2504 Other Resistors

RAB4C101J RS1/16S

J

C2701,C2735 (22µF/315V) C2706,C2725,C2737 C2709,C2718,C2720,C2739,C2745 C2708 C2740

ACH1345 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT101M2A CEHAT101M2C

C2704 C2715 C2746 C2723,C2751 C2712

CEHAT221M25 CEHAT331M16 CEHAT331M25 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT471M35

C2711 C2705,C2713,C2714,C2719 C2721,C2722,C2724,C2727,C2729 C2731,C2733,C2736,C2742,C2743 C2747-C2749

CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16

C2728,C2730 C2707,C2738

CKSRYB471K50 CKSRYF104Z50

RESISTORS

OTHERS CN2501,CN2502 15P CONNECTOR

ATK1150 ATK1151 ATK1152

AKM1200

[Y DRIVE DD-CON BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC2715-IC2717 IC2709 IC2708,IC2710,IC2718 IC2711 IC2701

AN1431M HCNR201 M5223AFP MIP0223SC MIP161

IC2704 IC2702,IC2703,IC2705-IC2707 IC2712-IC2714 Q2701,Q2703 Q2704

MIP301 TLP181(GR) TLP181(GR) 2SC2712 HN1A01FU

D2712,D2717,D2718,D2732,D2734 D2736,D2737 D2704,D2706,D2707,D2715,D2726 D2728 D2711 D2702,D2714,D2727

1SS355 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) D1FL20U(S) D1FS4 EC11FS4

PDP-433CMX

VR2702,VR2703 (1kΩ) VR2701 (2.2kΩ) R2735,R2791 R2780 R2715,R2728,R2733

ACP1089 ACP1090 RS1/16S1000F RS1/16S1103F RS1/16S1201F

R2787 R2766 R2785 R2777,R2786 R2776

RS1/16S1302F RS1/16S1501F RS1/16S1503F RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S2702F

R2705,R2706,R2709,R2710,R2778 R2781 R2783 R2734,R2736 R2779

RS1/16S3002F RS1/16S3002F RS1/16S4701F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5102F

R2773 R2784 R2782 R2744-R2746,R2748-R2753 R2711,R2716,R2767,R2770

RS1/16S5601F RS1/16S5602F RS1/16S6801F RS1/16S9102F RS1/2S102J

R2788,R2792 R2771,R2772 R2712 Other Resistors

RS1/2S561J RS1/2S823J RS3LMF272J RS1/16S J

59

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

L8901 CHOKE COIL (100µH/0.45A) ATH1074 L8902,L8903 COIL (22µH/0.11A) ATH1081

OTHERS CN8102 SOCKET 120P AKP1219 CN8101 PCI SOCKET 120P AKP1220 KN8101,KN8102 GROUND PLATE ANK1664

CAPACITORS

SUB ADDRESS A ASSY SEMICONDUCTORS IC8801,IC8802,IC8804 IC8803 Q8802 Q8804,Q8805,Q8808 Q8806

M5223AFP TC74VHC74FT 2SA1163 2SC2712 2SK209

D8801-D8803,D8809 D8806,D8807 D8808 D8804

1SS355 DA227 UDZ27B UDZS5.1B

C8906 C8922 C8904 C8908 C8907

CCSRCH101J50 CEHV100M16 CEHV100M35 CEHV470M16 CEVNP2R2M35

C8902,C8905,C8909-C8917 C8920,C8921

CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS

COILS L8801 CHOKE COIL (100µH/0.45A) ATH1074 L8802,L8803 COIL (22µH/0.11A) ATH1081

R8906,R8907,R8937,R8938,R8941 R8958 R8928,R8929,R8932,R8946,R8964 R8926,R8927,R8939,R8940 R8933

RS1/16S1002D RS1/16S1202D RS1/16S2202D RS1/16S4701D RS1/16S4702F

R8959 R8901,R8902 R8903-R8905 Other Resistors

RS1/16S5602F RS1/2S1R5J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/16S J

OTHERS

CAPACITORS C8806 C8822 C8804 C8808 C8807

CCSRCH101J50 CEHV100M16 CEHV100M35 CEHV470M16 CEVNP2R2M35

C8802,C8805,C8809-C8817 C8820,C8821

CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS R8806,R8807,R8837,R8838,R8841 R8858 R8828,R8829,R8832,R8846,R8864 R8826,R8827,R8839,R8840 R8833

RS1/16S1002D RS1/16S1202D RS1/16S2202D RS1/16S4701D RS1/16S4702F

R8859 R8801,R8802 R8803-R8805 Other Resistors

RS1/16S5602F RS1/2S1R5J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/16S J

CN8903 CN8901 CN8902

23P CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR

AKM1205 S3B-PH-SM3 S8B-PH-SM3

[INTERFACE BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC1001-IC1008

TC74VHC541FT

FILTERS F1001-F1006 EMI FILTER

ATF1194

CAPACITORS C1001-C1008

CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS

AKM1205 S3B-PH-SM3 S8B-PH-SM3

SUB ADDRESS B ASSY

23P CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

OTHERS

R1044 R1001-R1007,R1036,R1063-R1069 R1008-R1017,R1019,R1020,R1027 R1032,R1034,R1035,R1037,R1038 R1040-R1043,R1048,R1049

RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J

R1051-R1054 Other Resistors

RAB4C470J RS1/16S

OTHERS

SEMICONDUCTORS

60

Part No.

COILS

SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY

CN8803 CN8801 CN8802

Description

IC8901,IC8902,IC8904 IC8903 Q8902 Q8904,Q8905,Q8908 Q8906

M5223AFP TC74VHC74FT 2SA1163 2SC2712 2SK209

D8901-D8903,D8909 D8906,D8907 D8908 D8904

1SS355 DA227 UDZ27B UDZS5.1B

CN1003,CN1004 50P CONNECTOR K1001 TEST PIN CN1001 PH CONNECTOR

PDP-433CMX

AKM1201 AKX9002 B12B-PH-SM3

J

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Part No.

OTHERS

[PANEL UCOM BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC1101 IC1103 IC1102 Q1101,Q1103 D1101

Description

X1201

CERAMIC RESONATOR ASS1159 (16MHz) CN1203 PH CONNECTOR B3B-PH-SM3 CN1201,CN1202 8P PLUG CKS3130

HD64F2328VF NC7SZ08P5 PST9228N DTC143EK AEL1171

[DIGITAL BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

CAPACITORS C1123,C1124 C1101 C1102,C1109,C1110,C1112-C1116 C1129-C1132 C1117,C1121

CCSRCH7R0D50 CEV101M4 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB103K50

IC1802 IC1704 IC1301,IC1401 IC1703 IC1501,IC1502,IC1601,IC1602

FS781BZB NC7SZ08P5 PD6358A PE5064A TC74VCX541FT

C1120 C1103-C1108,C1111,C1118,C1119 C1122,C1125-C1128

CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

IC1702,IC1801 IC1803 IC1701 D1301-D1305

TC74VHC541FT TC74VHC74FT TC74VHCT541AFT 1SS226

RESISTORS R1104,R1107,R1110,R1113,R1114 R1116,R1121,R1124,R1127,R1129 R1128 Other Resistors

FILTERS

RAB4C472J RAB4C472J RD1/4PU473J RS1/16S J

F1301-F1304,F1501-F1505 EMI FILTER F1601-F1605 EMI FILTER

OTHERS

ATF1194

CAPACITORS

K1101-K1104,K1107,K1108 AKX9002 TEST PIN X1101 CERAMIC RESONATOR ASS1160 (25MHz)

[MODULE UCOM BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC1204 IC1208 IC1202 IC1201 IC1205

24LC04B(I)SN PST9246N TC74VHC08FT TC74VHC21FT TC74VHC541FT

IC1203 IC1206 D1201,D1202

TC74VHCT541AFT TC7W126FU 1SS355

C1213,C1243-C1245 C1235,C1236 C1225,C1232 C1201-C1203,C1206-C1211 C1214-C1216,C1218,C1219

CCSRCH470J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CEV470M6R3 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50

C1223,C1224,C1226,C1227,C1229 C1237,C1238,C1241,C1242,C1247 C1234 C1233 C1204,C1205,C1212,C1217

CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16

C1221,C1222,C1228,C1230,C1231 C1239,C1240,C1246,C1248-C1250

CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

CCSRCH271J50 CEV100M16 CEV101M4 CEV101M4 CKSRYB102K50

C1303-C1305,C1307-C1321 C1323-C1336,C1403-C1405 C1407-C1421,C1423-C1436,C1501 C1503,C1601,C1603,C1701-C1710 C1713,C1803-C1805

CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

R1502,R1517,R1606,R1622 R1307,R1310-R1315,R1317,R1318 R1321,R1322,R1326-R1344,R1407 R1410-R1415,R1417,R1418 R1421,R1422,R1426-R1444

RAB4C101J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J

R1501,R1514,R1607,R1627,R1701 R1703-R1709,R1712-R1717 R1551,R1552 Other Resistors

RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RS1/2S680J RS1/16S

J

OTHERS X1801

CRYSTAL RESONATOR ASS1146 (50.000MHz) CN1701 50P CONNECTOR AKM1201 CN1501,CN1502,CN1504,CN1505 AKM1202 55P CONNECTOR CN1601,CN1602,CN1604,CN1605 55P CONNECTOR K1301,K1302,K1308,K1311-K1314 TEST PIN K1316,K1321,K1324,K1326-K1331 TEST PIN

RESISTORS RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C123J RAB4C473J RS1/16S

C1807 C1802 C1306,C1322,C1406,C1422,C1711 C1806 C1504-C1508,C1604-C1608,C1712

CAPACITORS

CAPACITORS

R1209,R1214,R1245 R1242 R1207 R1213,R1216 Other Resistors

ATF1194

AKM1202 AKX9002 AKX9002

J

PDP-433CMX

61

Mark No.

Part No.

Mark No.

K1333,K1501,K1502,K1601,K1602 TEST PIN K1728,K1729 TEST PIN CN1503,CN1603 PH CONNECTOR CN1301 8P PLUG

Description

AKX9002

[RGB I/O BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

CN1702

KF050HA30L

30P CONNECTOR

AKX9002 B8B-PH-SM3 CKS3130

[D-D CONVERTER BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS Q1902,Q1905,Q1907 Q1903 Q1901,Q1904,Q1906 D1903-D1906,D1911,D1912 D1908

2SC2712 DTC143EK HN1C01FU 1SS355 HZU2.2B

D1902,D1909 D1907 D1901

UDZ3.6B UDZS5.1B UDZS6.8B

CAPACITORS C1904,C1906,C1912 CEV220M16 C1901-C1903,C1905,C1907-C1911 CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS RS1/2S680J RS1/16S

IC4110 IC4108 IC4107,IC4111 IC4104 IC4103,IC4105

24LCS21A BA7657F LT1399CS TA7630P TC4052BF

IC4109 IC4101,IC4102 Q4114 Q4102 Q4103,Q4117

TC74VHCT541AFT UPC4570G2 2SC2412K DTA143EK DTC143EK

Q4104-Q4106,Q4108,Q4111,Q4112 Q4101,Q4113 Q4115,Q4116 D4111 D4105-D4107,D4114-D4116

HN1B04FU HN1C01FU UMY1N 1SS184 1SS226

D4119,D4120 D4121 D4110 D4108,D4109,D4112,D4113 D4122,D4123

1SS226 1SS352 RD6.8MB UDZS5.6B UDZS5.6B

S4101

J

ASH1029

CAPACITORS

OTHERS K1901-K1906 TEST PIN 1901 DC-DC CONVERTER CN1901 PH CONNECTOR

AKX9002 AXY1060 B13B-PH-SM3

I/O ASSY [I/O BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC4003 IC4002 IC4004 IC4005,IC4006 IC4001

PQ05DZ11 PQ09DZ11 PQ12DZ11 PQ3DZ13 TA79L05F

CAPACITORS C4027 C4012,C4020,C4024 C4008 C4001,C4004,C4005,C4009,C4013 C4016,C4017

CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M16

C4002,C4003,C4006,C4007 C4010,C4011,C4014,C4015 C4018,C4019,C4022,C4023 C4026

CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10

R4001,R4003,R4004,R4007 R4002

RS1MMF1R0J RS1MMF8R2J

CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT470M16

C4139,C4140,C4143,C4150 C4153,C4154,C4157,C4174-C4176 C4167 C4101,C4104,C4106,C4110,C4111 C4114,C4118,C4127,C4165

CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT4R7M50 CKSQYB105K10 CKSQYB105K10

C4170,C4171 C4129,C4130,C4133,C4134,C4142 C4149,C4151,C4152,C4177-C4179 C4108,C4116 C4146

CKSQYB105K10 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYB471K50

C4125,C4126 C4107,C4119,C4121-C4123,C4128 C4147,C4158-C4160,C4162-C4164 C4168,C4180-C4182

CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

R4188-R4190 R4271-R4273 R4185,R4186,R4213,R4214 R4165,R4166,R4180,R4210-R4212 R4262,R4263

RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1101F RS1/16S2201F RS1/16S75R0F RS1/2S750J

Other Resistors

RS1/16S

OTHERS CN4101,CN4102 AKN1069 STEREO MINI JACK CN4103,CN4104 D-SUB SOCKET AKP1214 CN4105 BNC SOCKET AKX1055

OTHERS 15P PLUG

C4144,C4145,C4155,C4156 C4109,C4117 C4166 C4137,C4161,C4169 C4120,C4124,C4135,C4136

RESISTORS

RESISTORS

62

Part No.

SWITCH

R1935,R1936 Other Resistors

CN4002

Description

KM200NA15

PDP-433CMX

J

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

RGB ASSY [MATRIX BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC4402 IC4403 IC4404 Q4407-Q4409 Q4413

CXA2101AQ ML6426CS-1 NJM072BM-E 2SA1037K 2SC2412K

Q4412 Q4404 Q4410 D4401

HN1A01FU HN1B04FU HN1C01FU 1SS226

Description

Part No.

C4651,C4652,C4656,C4668 C4622 C4662 C4608,C4619,C4627,C4628 C4634,C4635,C4639,C4640

CEHAT101M10 CFTLA105J50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16

C4610,C4647 C4675 C4601,C4605,C4606,C4609 C4611-C4613,C4616-C4618 C4624,C4625,C4629-C4633

CKSRYB105K6R3 CKSRYB184K10 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

C4636,C4637,C4641-C4646 CKSRYF104Z16 C4648-C4650,C4653-C4655 CKSRYF104Z16 C4657-C4661,C4663,C4677-C4679 CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS

CAPACITORS C4406,C4412,C4458 C4405 C4456 C4437,C4451-C4453 C4407,C4409,C4410,C4428,C4429

CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT470M16 CKSQYB105K10 CKSQYB474K16

R4612,R4623,R4625,R4629,R4632 R4636,R4639,R4641,R4643,R4647 R4653,R4657 R4635 R4630

RAB4C101J RAB4C101J RAB4C101J RN1/16SE3001D RS1/16S2201F

C4431,C4432,C4434-C4436,C4445 C4448 C4421-C4423,C4426 C4408 C4411,C4414-C4418,C4420,C4424

CKSQYB474K16 CKSQYB474K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYF104Z16

R4676,R4715 R4626 R4631 VR4701 (4.7kΩ) Other Resistors

RS1/16S2204F RS1/16S2701F RS1/16S3301F ACP1091 RS1/16S J

C4427,C4430,C4433,C4438-C4444 C4446,C4447,C4449,C4450,C4455 C4457

CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

[SYNC CONTROL BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

RESISTORS R4422,R4425,R4426 R4483 R4476 R4448 R4437

RAB4C103J RS1/16S1003F RS1/16S1004F RS1/16S2202F RS1/16S2204F

R4494 R4482 R4455 R4489 Other Resistors

RS1/16S3901F RS1/16S4701F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5601F RS1/16S J

IC4802 IC4801 IC4803 Q4806 Q4808,Q4809

M52346SP NJM2234M PDY077E 2SC2412K DTC124EK

Q4803 Q4807 Q4802 D4807,D4808 D4801,D4802

HN1A01FU HN1B04FU HN1C01FU 1SS184 1SS226

FILTERS F4801,F4802 EMI FILTER

[AD/PLL/AMP BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

CAPACITORS

IC4603 IC4605 IC4604 IC4601 IC4602

CXA3516R NJM072BM-E TC74HC4066AF TC74LCX125FT TC7WH04FU

Q4601,Q4602 Q4608 Q4607 Q4604-Q4606 Q4603

2SC2412K 2SK208 DTC124EK HN1B04FU HN1C01FU

D4601-D4605

1SS355

CAPACITORS C4623 C4615,C4680 C4626,C4669 C4620 C4604,C4607,C4614,C4638

ATF1194

C4863,C4864 C4801,C4805 C4821,C4833 C4804 C4807,C4810,C4823

CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CCSRCH470J50 CEHAT100M50

C4812,C4844 C4803,C4806,C4815 C4817,C4822 C4816 C4829

CEHAT101M10 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT4R7M50 CKSQYB105K10 CKSRYB472K50

C4802,C4808,C4811,C4813,C4814 C4819,C4820,C4830,C4831,C4836 C4839,C4842,C4843,C4850,C4861 C4860

CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10

CCSRCH101J50 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CCSRCH331J50 CEHAT101M10

PDP-433CMX

63

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

[IC30 BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

RESISTORS R4814,R4818,R4835,R4915 R4913 R4809 R4825 R4808,R4943

RAB4C101J RAB4C102J RAB4C152J RAB4C471J RAB4C472J

R4864 R4865 R4868 Other Resistors

RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S2702F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S J

IC5302,IC5303 IC5301

MS82V16520-8GA PD6357B

CAPACITORS C5301,C5308 CEHAT101M10 C5302-C5307,C5309-C5322,C5324 CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS All Resistors

OTHERS K4801,K4802,K4805,K4806 TEST PIN K4809,K4810 TEST PIN CN4801 8P PLUG

AKX9002

K5314-K5317 TEST PIN AKX9002 X5301 CRYSTAL RESONATOR ASS1161 (100.00MHz)

MS82V16520-8GA PE5066A PE5067A

[MAIN UCOM BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

CAPACITORS C5017,C5121 C5006 C5015,C5016 C5001-C5005,C5007-C5013 C5101-C5120

J

OTHERS

AKX9002 CKS3130

[IP BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC5101,IC5103 IC5102 IC5001

RS1/16S

CCSRCH220J50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT221M6R3 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16

IC5502 IC5504,IC5509 IC5512 IC5511 IC5510

24LC64(I)SN 74VHCT00AMTC LM50CIM3 M5223AFP PST9246N

IC5503 IC5501 IC5506,IC5507 Q5501 Q5502,Q5503

TC74VHC541FT TC74VHCT541AFT TC7W126FU 2SJ461 DTA143EK

Q5504

HN1A01FU

RESISTORS All Resistors

RS1/16S

J

CAPACITORS

OTHERS 5002 5001

HEATSINK FOR IC HEAT SINK L FOR IC

ANH1574 ANH1576

[DIGITAL SELECT BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC5201-IC5207

TC74LCX541FT

CAPACITORS C5201-C5207

CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS R5213 R5201-R5212,R5215,R5217 Other Resistors

RAB4C103J RAB4C470J RS1/16S

10P HOUSING WIRE 11P HOUSING WIRE 120P PLUG

CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYB102K50

C5529-C5531,C5536,C5537 C5535,C5538,C5539 C5524 C5525 C5502-C5505,C5509,C5514-C5517

CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB221K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF103Z50 CKSRYF104Z16

C5519,C5520,C5523,C5532 C5542-C5544

CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10

RESISTORS J

OTHERS J5203 J5204 CN5201

C5512,C5513,C5521,C5534 C5526,C5527 C5545 C5528,C5533 C5507,C5508,C5511,C5518,C5522

ADX2706 ADX2781 AKM1203

R5503,R5509,R5510 R5535 R5504,R5526 R5569 R5571

RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C473J RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1800F

R5566 R5563 Other Resistors

RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F RS1/16S J

OTHERS CN5506 30P PLUG AKM1204 K5501,K5502,K5508-K5510,K5512 AKX9002 TEST PIN K5515,K5516,K5518 TEST PIN AKX9002 X5501 CERAMIC RESONATOR ASS1159 (16MHZ) CN5501,CN5502 8P PLUG CKS3130

64

PDP-433CMX

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

[WIDE UCOM BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

Description

Part No.

CAPACITORS

IC5601 IC5602 IC5604 IC5603 IC5605

HD64F2328VF MBM29LV400TC-90PFTN NC7SZ08P5 PST9228N TC7SH32FU

IC5607,IC5608

TC7WH74FU

CAPACITORS C5601 C5615,C5616 C5611 C5612 C5604,C5606,C5608,C5610,C5613

CCSRCH102J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF103Z50 CKSRYF104Z16

C5617-C5619

CKSRYF104Z16

C8602,C8617 C8606,C8607 C8610 C8605,C8613,C8614 C8609,C8615,C8622

CEAT101M16 CEAT101M25 CEAT221M16 CEAT470M35 CEAT471M25

C8611,C8618 C8612,C8619 C8616,C8621 C8625 C8623,C8624

CEAT4R7M50 CKSQYF105Z16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYB473K50

C8601,C8608

CKSRYF103Z50

RESISTORS R8633,R8634 R8625,R8632 R8624,R8631 Other Resistors

RESISTORS R5603,R5604 Other Resistors

RAB4C103J RS1/16S

J

OTHERS X5601

CERAMIC RESONATOR ASS1160 (25MHz)

[FAN DRIVE BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC8703 IC8702 IC8701 Q8702 Q8701

[DIGITAL I/F BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS IC5701 IC5702 D5701

TC7WH123FU TC7WH74FU 1SS352

C8703 C8704,C8707,C8711 C8708,C8709,C8712 C8706,C8710 C8705

CCSRCH471J50 CKSRYF104Z16

RAB4C101J RAB4C101J RS1/16S1003F RS1/16S J

OTHERS CN5701,CN5702 50P CONNECTOR

CEAT100M50 CEAT101M16 CEAT470M35 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10

RESISTORS

RESISTORS R5701-R5707,R5709,R5712-R5719 R5721 R5730 Other Resistors

74VHCT00AMTC M5223AFP PQ20WZ11 2SC2712 HN1A01FU

CAPACITORS

CAPACITORS C5703 C5701,C5702

RD1/2MMF100J RD1/2MMF152J RD1/4MUF100J RS1/16S J

AKM1201

R8715-R8717,R8720 R8703 R8707 R8712 R8710

RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F RS1/16S8200F RS3LMF2R7J

Other Resistors

RS1/16S

J

OTHERS CN8704,CN8705 CONNECTOR 3P B3B-ZR-3.4 CN8703 PH CONNECTOR B6B-PH-SM3

MX AUDIO ASSY [MX AUDIO BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

KEY CONTROL ASSY SEMICONDUCTORS

IC8601 Q8602 Q8603,Q8605,Q8607 Q8606 Q8601

BA5417 2SA1037K 2SC2412K DTC143EK HN1B04FU

IC8001 IC8002 Q8002 Q8001 Q8003

DS14C232CM TC74HC00AF 2SC2712 HN1A01FU RN1901

Q8604

RN1901

D8009,D8010 D8001-D8008

1SS355 UDZ15B

L8602,L8603 AF CHOKE COIL L8601 CHIP CHOKE COIL

ATH-059 ATH9003

L8001

LCTA221J3225

COILS COIL

PDP-433CMX

65

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

CAPACITORS

Description

Part No.

SP OUT R ASSY

C8001,C8002,C8005,C8006 C8003,C8010 C8004,C8007,C8008 C8009

CEAT1R0M50 CEAT470M16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50

COILS L8176,L8177 CHOKE COIL

ATH1073

CAPACITORS

RESISTORS R8006 Other Resistors

RAB4C102J RS1/16S

C8182,C8183 C8179 C8176,C8178 C8180 C8177

J

OTHERS CN8001,CN8002 MINI JACK CN8003 9P D-SUB SOCKET CN8004,CN8005 6P MINI DIN SOCKET CN8007 PH CONNECTOR

AKN1070 AKP1213 AKP1215

CCSRCH101J50 CCSRSL221J50 CKSRYB332K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF473Z50

RESISTORS R8178,R8179 Other Resistors

RD1/2MMF100J RS1/16S J

B6B-PH-SM3

OTHERS CN8176 CN8177

SP OUT L ASSY

2P SPEAKER TERMINAL

PH CONNECTOR

AKE1059 B3B-PH-SM3

SEMICONDUCTORS IC8151 IC8152 Q8151

LM50CIM3 M5223AFP HN1A01FU

SIDE KEY ASSY SWITCHES S8251-S8261

COILS L8151,L8152 CHOKE COIL

ATH1073

ASG1088

OTHERS CN8251

CAPACITORS C8163,C8164 C8154 C8162 C8159 C8151,C8153

CCSRCH101J50 CCSRSL221J50 CEAT470M16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB332K50

C8155 C8157,C8161 C8158,C8160 C8152

CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10 CKSRYF473Z50

RD1/2MMF100J RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1800F RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F

Other Resistors

RS1/16S

AKM1207

THERMAL SENSOR ASSY SEMICONDUCTORS IC8351 IC8352

LM50CIM3 M5223AFP

CAPACITORS C8356 C8354 C8351,C8355 C8352,C8353

RESISTORS R8153,R8154 R8164 R8160 R8165 R8159

8P FFC CONNECTOR

CEV470M6R3 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10

RESISTORS R8354,R8358 Other Resistors

J

RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S J

OTHERS CN8151 CN8152

2P SPEAKER TERMINAL

PH CONNECTOR

AKE1059 B6B-PH-SM3

MX LED ASSY SEMICONDUCTOR D8501

AEL1170

OTHERS CN8501

66

PDP-433CMX

PH CONNECTOR

S3B-PH-SM3

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

Mark No.

Description

Part No.

IR ASSY SEMICONDUCTORS Q8551 D8552 D8551

2SC2712 1SS226 1SS355

CAPACITORS C8551 C8553 C8552 C8554

CEV470M6R3 CKSQYB472K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYF104Z16

RESISTORS All Resistors

RS1/16S

J

OTHERS 8551 REMOTE RECEIVER UNIT

GP1UM26RK

KEY CONNECTOR ASSY SEMICONDUCTORS IC8301 Q8301 D8304-D8310 D8301,D8303 D8302

PD5719A 2SC2712 1SS226 1SS355 RD3.0MB

CAPACITORS C8303 C8304 C8301,C8302,C8305

CEAT2R2M50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50

RESISTORS R8315 Other Resistors

RAB4C182J RS1/16S

J

OTHERS CN8302 CN8301 X8301

8P FFC CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR CERALOCK (3.84MHz)

AKM1207 B4B-PH-SM3 ASS1162

PDP-433CMX

67

1

2

3

4

6. ADJUSTMENT 6.1 SERVICE FACTORY MODE A

Commands in Service Factory mode must be issued using the remote control unit (AXD1459) supplied with the Plasma Display.

6.1.1 STATE TRANSITION DIAGRAM Normal Operation Mode

FACTORY (AA5F)

B

At standby (within 3 sec.)

FACTORY (AA5F) MENU (AA8B) KEY LOCK

MENU key (AA8B) ‘ SET key (AA8A) ‘ STAND BY/ON key (AA1C)

STANDBY/ON (AA1C) POWER OFF (AA1B) POF

Service Factory Mode

Audio system switch (AAD3-AF70) or Display call (AA4A)

INFORMATION mode Factory default screen C

MUTING key (AA49) Front surround (AA1D)

RANGE CHECK mode

This mode is not used for service.

D

MUTING key (AA49)

MUTING key (AA49)

• Switching function • Mode change of input signal • Execute Final Setup

AV selection (AA59) or Standard/AV memory (AA43) • Common adjustment of each signal input

REFERENCE mode

MUTING key (AA49) Double audio (AA1E) • Adjustment of the signal input side.

OFFSET mode

MUTING key (AA49)

VIDEO OPTION mode

SCREEN SIZE (AAD3-AF3C) MUTING key (AA49)

E

Full auto zoom (AAD3-AF36) or P. ZOOM (AAD3-AF22)

INITIALIZE mode

F

68

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

B

C

• AXD1459 (PDP-503CMX/PDP-433CMX)

POWER POWER MENU

SCREEN SIZE

DISPLAY CALL

SCREEN SIZE

D

FULL AUTO ZOOM

FULL AUTO ZOOM

SET DISPLAY CALL SURROUND MODE

MUTE MUTE

SOUND VOLUME

AUDIO

SOUND VOLUME

MENU

AV MEMORY

SURROUND MODE

MPX

AV SELECT MPX

AUDIO

E

SET

• AXD1432 (PDP-501HD)

• AXD1673 (PDP-502HD)

F

69

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

Notes on Operation with the Remote Control Unit • In this manual, keys that are not on the remote control unit (AXD1459) supplied with the Plasma Display are designated as direct-select keys. • To select items in Service Factory mode with the AXD1459, press the following keys as many times as required: For selection of main items: MUTE key For selection of other items: 5 (UP) or ∞ (DOWN) key

Change of Settings When Entering Service Factory Mode 1 Settings of MENU mode B

C

D

E

• The settings for PICTURE items are reset to the center values. Note: The PICTURE adjustment values to be reset are limited to the following: For VIDEO: Those for the current signal mode of the selected input function For a PC: Tables A-H are reset according to the history of the input signal mode • All settings for SCREEN items are reset to the center values. Note: The SCREEN adjustment values to be reset are only those for the current signal mode of the selected input function. This is because the adjustment values of the MENU mode can be reset to the center values by executing FINAL SETUP or PICTUREDEFAULT. • The settings for SETUP and OPTION of the MENU mode are maintained, except for the following: COLOR TEMP: It is reset to MIDDLE. AUTO POWER OFF/POWER MANAGEMENT: The settings are maintained, but these functions do not work.

2 Adjustment values of the Integrator mode • The following adjustment values for PICTURE and WHITE BAL are reset to the default values: Note: The PICTURE and WHITE BAL adjustment values to be reset are limited to the following: For VIDEO: Those for the current signal mode of the selected input function For a PC: Tables A-H are reset according to the history of the input signal mode. • The SCREEN settings are maintained. • The settings for SETUP and OPTION of the Integrator menu are maintained, except for the following: SIDE MASK LEVEL: The adjustment values are reset to the default values. FULL MASK that has been set in Integrator mode: Released OFF TIMER: Released • The COLOR MODE (Integrator menu) settings that have been set in the Integrator menu are maintained.

3 Others • If the input signal mode is changed in Service Factory mode, settings are changed according to the input signal mode, Service Factory mode is maintained, and its default display (INFORMATION VERSION) appears. Note: When the input signal mode is changed, settings are reset as shown in 1 and 2 above. • If FUNCTION switching is executed in Service Factory mode, the function is switched to the selected one, Service Factory mode is maintained, and its default display (INFORMATION VERSION) appears. Note: When the FUNCTION is changed, settings are reset as shown in 1 and 2 above. • The COLOR DETECT setting is performed based on the COLOR SYSTEM selected in MENU mode. • Only the data at addresses 0100 to 01FF of the module microcomputer/EEPROM are copied (updated) to the module microcomputer area of the main microcomputer EEPROM. • Various panel protection functions (still-picture detection, block-brightness detection, SCAN IC protection function) are deactivated. Note: The protection functions are kept deactivated even after you exit Service Factory mode. To reactivate these functions, after exiting Service Factory mode, be sure to turn the power off, then back on. • While there is no input, The partial setting, or while incompatible PC signals are input, settings that are not dependent on the signal mode can be performed. (For the MASK setting, see "MASK 1," and "MASK 2.") The setting items that are dependent on the input signal mode are grayed on the display and cannot be changed.

F

70

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

6.1.2 TABLE OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS IN SERVICE FACTORY A

SLOT Name

CD

EXP

OSD Display Name

RS-232C Command

Service Factory Operation

Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value]

YDL

Y-DELAY

YDL

REF/OFS-SLOT-1

0 to 15 [8]

YOUTLEV

Y-OUT LEVEL

YOL

REF/OFS-SLOT-2

0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32]

TINT

CD TINT

CTI

REF/OFS-SLOT-3

CrOFFSET

CDR OFFSET

CDR

REF/OFS-SLOT-4

0 to 15 [8]

CbOFFSET

CDB OFFSET

CDB

REF/OFS-SLOT-5

0 to 15 [8]

R-Y_LEVEL

R-Y LEVEL

LRY

REF/OFS-SLOT-6

0 to 255 [128]

B-Y_LEVEL

B-Y LEVEL

LBY

REF/OFS-SLOT-7

0 to 255 [128]

Name

OSD Display Name

RS-232C Command

Service Factory Operation

Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 63 [32]

RGB1

B

MATRIX

AD

PICTURE

MAT CONT

MCT

REF/OFS-RGB1-1

BRIGHT

MAT BRIGHT

MBR

REF/OFS-RGB1-2

0 to 63 [32]

COLOR

MAT COLOR

MCL

REF/OFS-RGB1-3

0 to 63 [32]

HUE

MAT TINT

MTI

REF/OFS-RGB1-4

0 to 63 [32]

MAINCONTRAST

AD MAIN CONT

MCA

REF/OFS-RGB1-5

0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]

SUBRCONTRAST

AD R HIGH

GHA

REF/OFS-RGB1-6

SUBGCONTRAST

AD G HIGH

BHA

REF/OFS-RGB1-7

0 to 255 [128]

SUBBCONTRAST

AD B HIGH

RHA

REF/OFS-RGB1-8

0 to 255 [128]

BRIGHTR

AD R LOW

GLA

REF/OFS-RGB1-9

0 to 255 [128]

BRIGHTG

AD G LOW

BLA

REF/OFS-RGB1-10

0 to 255 [128]

BRIGHTB

AD B LOW

RLA

REF/OFS-RGB1-11

0 to 255 [128]

Name

OSD Display Name

RS-232C Command

Service Factory Operation

COLOR

COLOR

COL

REF/OFS-RGB2-1

Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128]

TINT MCONTRAST

TINT CONTRAST

TNT CNT

REF/OFS-RGB2-2 REF/OFS-RGB2-3

0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]

MBRIGHT

BRIGHT

BRT

REF/OFS-RGB2-4

0 to 255 [128]

R HIGH

R. HIGH

RHI

REF/OFS-RGB2-5

0 to 255 [255]

G HIGH

G. HIGH

GHI

REF/OFS-RGB2-6

0 to 255 [255]

B HIGH

B. HIGH

BHI

REF/OFS-RGB2-7

0 to 255 [255]

R LOW

R. LOW

RLW

REF/OFS-RGB2-8

0 to 255 [128]

G LOW

G. LOW

GLW

REF/OFS-RGB2-9

0 to 255 [128]

B LOW

B. LOW

BLW

REF/OFS-RGB2-10

0 to 255 [128]

Name

OSD Display Name

RS-232C Command

Service Factory Operation

C

RGB2

IC102 W/B

IC30 W/B

D

DIGITAL

DIGITAL

Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [255]

PANEL R-HIGH

PANEL R-HIGH

PRH

REF/OFS-DIGITAL-1

PANEL G-HIGH

PANEL G-HIGH

PGH

REF/OFS-DIGITAL-2

0 to 255 [255]

PANEL B-HIGH

PANEL B-HIGH

PBH

REF/OFS-DIGITAL-3

0 to 255 [255]

PANEL R-LOW

PANEL R-LOW

PRL

REF/OFS-DIGITAL-4

0 to 999 [512]

PANEL G-LOW

PANEL G-LOW

PGL

REF/OFS-DIGITAL-5

0 to 999 [512]

PANEL B-LOW

PANEL B-LOW

PBL

REF/OFS-DIGITAL-6

0 to 999 [512]

ABL LEVEL

ABL LEVEL

ABL

REF/OFS-DIGITAL-7

0 to 255 [128]

X-SUS-B

X-SUS-B

XSB

REF-DIGITAL-8

4 to 12

X-SUS-G

X-SUS-G

XSG

REF-DIGITAL-9

4 to 12 4 to 12

Y-SUS-B

Y-SUS-B

YSB

REF-DIGITAL-10

Y-SUS-G

Y-SUS-G

YSG

REF-DIGITAL-11

4 to 12

V-SUS

V-SUS

VSU

REF-DIGITAL-12

0 to 255

V-OFFSET

V-OFFSET

VOF

REF-DIGITAL-13

0 to 255

OSD Display Name

RS-232C Command

Service Factory Operation

Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255

E

SIDE MASK LEVEL (VIDEO OPTION) Name

IC30

R SIDE MASK LEV

R SIDE MASK LEV

RSL

VOP-M LEV-1

G SIDE MASK LEV

G SIDE MASK LEV

GSL

VOP-M LEV-2

0 to 255

B SIDE MASK LEV

B SIDE MASK LEV

BSL

VOP-M LEV-3

0 to 255

F

71

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

COLOR TEMP (VIDEO OPTION)

IC102

IC30

B

Name

OSD Display Name

COLOR

COLOR

VOP-CT-3

Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128]

TINT

TINT

VOP-CT-4

0 to 255 [128]

MCONTRAST

CONTRAST

VOP-CT-1

0 to 255 [128]

MBRIGHT

BRIGHT

VOP-CT-2

0 to 255 [128]

RS-232C Command

Service Factory Operation

R HIGH

R. HIGH

VOP-CT-5

0 to 255 [255]

G HIGH

G. HIGH

VOP-CT-6

0 to 255 [255]

B HIGH

B. HIGH

VOP-CT-7

0 to 255 [255]

R LOW

R. LOW

VOP-CT-8

0 to 255 [128]

G LOW

G. LOW

VOP-CT-9

0 to 255 [128]

B LOW

B. LOW

VOP-CT-10

0 to 255 [128]

COLOR MODE2 (VIDEO OPTION)

IC102

IC30

C

Name

OSD Display Name

COLOR

COLOR

VOP-CM2-3

Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128]

TINT

TINT

VOP-CM2-4

0 to 255 [128]

MCONTRAST

CONTRAST

VOP-CM2-1

0 to 255 [128]

MBRIGHT

BRIGHT

VOP-CM2-2

0 to 255 [128]

RS-232C Command

Service Factory Operation

R HIGH

R. HIGH

VOP-CM2-5

0 to 255 [255]

G HIGH

G. HIGH

VOP-CM2-6

0 to 255 [255]

B HIGH

B. HIGH

VOP-CM2-7

0 to 255 [255]

R LOW

R. LOW

VOP-CM2-8

0 to 255 [128]

G LOW

G. LOW

VOP-CM2-9

0 to 255 [128]

B LOW

B. LOW

VOP-CM2-10

0 to 255 [128]

Calculation of Adjustment Value in Service Factory Mode

D

• An actual adjustment value in Service Factory mode is the addition of the REFERENCE adjustment value and OFFSET adjustment value, subtracted by the OFFSET reference value (values indicated in brackets in the above tables). Note: As for the items that do not have OFFSET adjustment values (R SIDE MASK LEV, G SIDE MASK LEV, as well B SIDE MASK LEV of the SIDE MASK LEVEL items, and X-SUS-B, X-SUS-G, Y-SUS-B, Y-SUS-G, V-SUS, and V-OFFSET of the DIGITAL items), the REFERENCE adjustment value becomes the actual adjustment value. • As for COLOR MODE 2 and COLOR TEMP, the adjustment value of the selected mode subtracted by its OFFSET reference value (value indicated in brackets in the above tables) becomes the OFFSET value. Adding this value to the adjustment value of each adjustment item in RGB2 becomes the final adjustment value for the RGB2 devices (IC30 and IC102).

Actual Calculation Examples • Each adjustment value of SLOT/ RGB1/RGB2/DIGITAL (REFERENCE value) + { (OFFSET value) – [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET

E

• COLOR MODE2 OFFSET value { (COLOR MODE2 adjustment value) - [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET for COLOR MODE2 Note: Add it only when COLOR MODE2 is selected. • COLOR TEMP OFFSET value {(COLOR TEMP adjustment value) - [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET for COLOR TEMP Note: Add it only when COLOR TEMP 1,2,4, or 5 is selected. Perform the addition in the normal operation, menu mode and COLOR TEMP adjustment mode of the Service Factory mode (in item VIDEO OPTION), and add the OFFSET value of the selected setting. The addition of the COLOR TEMP OFFSET value is not needed in Integrator mode or in Service Factory mode (except for COLOR TEMP adjustment mode,) because the unit operates with the COLOR TEMP 3 settings.

F

72

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

6.1.3 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE FACTORY MENU DISPLAY A

1. In Adjustment Item 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

Display color : White Halftone : Blue (second line/15th line for each 1st to 32th columns) When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "––––––" (–––––––)", and the item indication is grayed.

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

OF S – S L O T

5

10

B 15 16

: ∗ ∗ ∗ ( ∗ ∗ ∗ )

Y – DE L AY

• Second line / 2nd to 12th columns Second line / 2nd to 3rd columns Second line / 5th to 12th columns • Second line / 15th to 16th columns • Second line / 18th to 19th columns

: Display the higher layer of selection item • • • In Service Factory mode : Display the ID No. • • • In RS-232C Factory mode : Display the higher layer of selection item • • • In RS-232C Factory mode : Current color mode setting : Current slot type

Slot Type or Model Type

PDA-5002

Display

S1

PDP-503PRO and PRO-1000HD

Slot Manufactured by Other Vender

No SLOT

T1 to T8

NO

US

C

• Second line / 21th to 23th columns : Current function • Second line / 25th to 28th columns : Current signal mode • Second line / 28th columns : Current Screen size (See "Classification of input signal" for details in each value.) Signal mode displays for mode 03, mode 31, mode E1, mode 61 or mode 71 Setting Signal Mode Display VIDEO

03

VGA

31

WVGA XGA

E1 61

WXGA

71

Signal mode displays for mode 12 or mode 13 HDTV Mode Setting (Integrator Menu) Signal Mode Display 1080i

12

1035i

13

D

Display in the no signal and incompatible signal Signal Mode Display

Signal Definition

FB

OUT OF RANGE (Signal that cannot be measured with the main microcomputer)

FC

OUT OF RANGE (Video system signal without video signal)

FD FE

OUT OF RANGE (Incompatible signal at DVI input) OUT OF RANGE (Incompatible signal that is measurable with the main microcomputer, and not applicable to FC and FD) No signal

FF

E

• Second line / 29th column : Current input form Input Form

Component

Video–RGB

Composite

Y/C

∗

/

Display # @ Non-display (blank) excepting above form.

• Second line / 30th to 31th columns : Current color system Color System

NTSC

PAL

SECAM

4.43NTSC

PAL-M

PAL-N

BLACK/WHITE

Display NT PL SC 4N PM PN BW Non-display (blank) in a case of a color system other than those mentioned above or when the COLOR SYSTEM setting is fixed.

• 15th line / 2nd to 20th columns : Current item selection • 15th line / 22th to 31th columns : When RANGE CHECK is selected: Current selecting value 1. When REFERENCE is selected : Adjustment value 2. When OFFSET is selected : OFFSET value (adjustment value) * Adjustment value is REFERENCE value + OFFSET value. 3. When VIDEO OPTION is selected : No display When INITIALIZE is selected : Selected setting. (No display for an item having the lower layer.) 73

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

F

1

A

2

2. INFORMATION 1 5 10

15

20

3

25

30

4

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I NFO VE RS I ON 5

10

B

MA I N WI DE WI DE

U C OM U C OM F R OM

: ∗ ∗ ∗ : ∗ ∗ ∗ : ∗ ∗ ∗

MO D U PANE PANE

U C OM U C OM F R OM

: ∗ ∗ ∗ : ∗ ∗ ∗ : ∗ ∗ ∗

15 16

Basic Operation • Display the state of each item Rem Code Key Name

C

D

Function & Display

AA01

1

VERSION

AA02

2

PD INFO

Description

Display of information for each item

Lower Layer

Remarks Main, Wide, module and panel microcomputers : Ver Wide flash (OSD) / Panel flash (Sequence) : Ver

×

Past eight times / Place (1st, 2nd) / Time Stamp

×

AUDIO/FAN/MODULE/PANEL/WIDE/ MAIN IIC/MODULE IIC/DEW

×

AA03

3

NG INFO

AA04

4

TEMPERATURE

1/2/3/FAN output

×

AA05

5

MEMO

Display MEMO

×

AA06

6

AA07

7

AA08

8

AA09

9

AA00

10

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94 AA95 E

F

AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX screen. AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustAA49 MUTING ment / setting screen.

INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE RANGE CHECK

Operating specifications • When this mode is entered, the VERSION display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys are pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. Note: The VERSION display is the default display for Service Factory mode.

74

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

3. OSD Display in INFORMATION 1 VERSION 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I NFO VE RS I ON 5

10

MA I N WI DE WI DE

U C OM U C OM F R OM

: ∗ ∗ ∗ : ∗ ∗ ∗ : ∗ ∗ ∗

MO D U PANE PANE

U C OM U C OM F R OM

: ∗ ∗ ∗ : ∗ ∗ ∗ : ∗ ∗ ∗

B

15 16

2 PD INFO. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I NFO PD

I NFO

5

10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1ST X – DDC ADR– K Y – DRV ADRES –– – – – –– – – – –– – – – –– – – –

2 ND – X – DDC DC – DC –– –– – –– –– – –– –– – –– –– – –– –– –

C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 2 1 0 0 0 0 0

1 2 3 3 0 0 0 0

4 4 5 4 0 0 0 0

8H2 8H1 8H3 8H1 0H0 0H0 0H0 0H0

5M 4M 6M 5M 0M 0M 0M 0M

15 16

The power down point (1st or 1st and 2nd) and an hour meter at the time of the power down are displayed. Up to eight power-downs are displayed. If the number of power-downs becomes more than 8, the latest data are added, and the oldest data are cleared.

D

Display details at PD INFORMATION 1 2 3 4

Display

PD Point

X-DRV X-DDC Y-DRV Y-DDC

X-DRIVE X-DC/DC CONVERTER Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC CONVERTER

5 6 7 8

Display

PD Point

ADRES ADR-K POWER DC-DC

ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance Power supply DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)

E

F

75

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

3 NG INFO. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I NFO NG

I NFO

5

WI DE WI DE MO D U MA I N _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

10

B

LE I I C _ _ _ _

15 16

The shutdown point is displayed. Up to eight shutdown points are displayed. If the number of shutdowns becomes more than 8, the latest data are added, and the oldest data are cleared. Display details at NG INFO

Display PANEL MOD IIC

C

DEW TEMP FAN

Shutdown Point

Display

Shutdown Point

Communication failure of the panel microcomputer MODULE Communication failure of the module microcomputer Communication failure of the module IIC WIDE Wide microcomputer Condensation Abnormally high temperature Failure in fans

MAIN IIC Communication failure of the main IIC AUDIO Failure in audio system

4 TEMPERATURE 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

• Indicated values are those for microcomputer A/D input or D/A output (0 to 255). • Temperature sensors 1, 2 and 3 • FAN

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I NFO TEM PER A T URE 5

D

10

T E MP 1 T EMP 2 T EMP 3

: 128 : 104 : 88

FAN

: 135

15 16

Note: Refer to "Shutdown diagnosis" in the "7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED" to calculate real sensor temperature from each indicated value. E

5 MEMO 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

I NFO

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

ME MO 5

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

10

– – – – – – – – – – – –

F 15 16

76

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

4. REFERENCE 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

RE F

Display color : White Halftone : Blue (Second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

RG B 1

Basic Operation • Select the adjustment table. Rem Code

Key Name

AA01

1

RGB1

AA02

2

RGB2

AA03 AA04

3

DIGITAL SLOT

AA05

5

AA06

6

AA07

7

AA08

8

4

AA09

9

AA00

10

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

Function & Display

Description

Remarks

Lower Layer

? ?

Selection of the adjustment table

? ?

C

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

SET

Selection of the item and shift to lower layer

D

AA94 AA95 AA8A

AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET /setting screen

E

Operating specifications • If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the RGB1 display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. • When INPUT5 (DVI) is selected, the RGB1 and SLOT items cannot be selected. (These displays are not skipped during item selection.) • When a slot is not inserted, or when a slot manufactured by other vendor is inserted, the SLOT item cannot be selected. (The display is not skipped during item selection.) • Items that cannot be selected are grayed on the display.

77

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

F

1

A

2

3

4

1 REFERENCE — RGB1 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

R E F – RG B 1

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

MA T

: ∗ ∗ ∗

CO N T

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display

C

D

E

Description

Lower Layer

Remark

AA01

1

MAT CONT

×

AA02

2

MAT BRIGHT

×

AA03 AA04

3 4

MAT COLOR MAT TINT

× ×

AA05

5

AD MAIN CONT

AA06

6

AD R HIGH

AA07

7

AA08

8

AD G HIGH AD B HIGH

AA09

9

AD R LOW

×

AA00

10

AD G LOW

×

AA46

11

AD B LOW

×

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

× × ×

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET / setting screen.

Operating specifications F

• When this mode is entered, the MAT CONT display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.

78

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

2 REFERENCE — RGB2 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

R E F – RG B 2

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

: ∗ ∗ ∗

CO N T R A S T

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

AA01

1

CONTRAST

×

AA02

2

BRIGHT

×

AA03 AA04

3 4

COLOR TINT

× ×

AA05

5

R HIGH

AA06

6

G HIGH

AA07

7

AA08

8

B HIGH R LOW

AA09

9

G LOW

×

AA00

10

B LOW

×

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

C

× × ×

D

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment / AA49 MUTING OFFSET setting screen.

E

Operating specifications • When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.

79

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

F

1

A

2

3

4

3 REFERENCE — DIGITAL 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

RE F – D I G

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

PANE L

: ∗ ∗ ∗

R – H I GH

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Key Name

AA01

1

PANEL R–HIGH

×

C

D

E

Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Rem Code

Remarks

AA02

2

PANEL G–HIGH

×

AA03 AA04

3 4

PANEL B–HIGH PANEL R–LOW

× ×

AA05

5

PANEL G–LOW

AA06

6

PANEL B–LOW

AA07

7

ABL LEVEL

AA08

8

X–SUS–B

× ×

×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

×

AA09

9

X–SUS–G

×

AA00

10

Y–SUS–B

×

AA46

11

Y–SUS–G

×

AA47

12

V–SUS

×

AA4D

BS1

V–OFFSET

×

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET / setting screen

Operating specifications F

• When this mode is entered, the PANEL R-HIGH display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.

80

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

4 REFERENCE — SLOT (When SLOT ST1 is connected) • This mode is effective only when SLOT ST1 is connected. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

RE F – S L OT

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

: ∗ ∗ ∗

Y – DE L AY

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Rem Code

Key Name

Remarks

AA01

1

Y–DELAY

× ×

AA02

2

Y–OUT LEVEL

AA03 AA04

3 4

CD TINT CDR OFFSET

AA05

5

CDB OFFSET

AA06

6

R–Y LEVEL

×

AA07

7

B–Y LEVEL

×

AA08

8

AA09

9

AA00

10

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

× ×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

×

C

D

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment OFFSET AA49 MUTING / setting screen

E

Operating specifications • When this mode is entered, the Y-DELAY display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.

81

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

F

1

A

5. OFFSET 1

2

5

10

15

20

3

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

OF S

4

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B

RG B 1

15 16

Basic Operation Select the adjustment table

C

D

Rem Code

Key Name

AA01

1

RGB1

AA02

2

RGB2

AA03 AA04

3

DIGITAL SLOT

AA05

5

AA06

6

AA07

7

AA08

8

4

AA09

9

AA00

10

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

AA51

BS9

Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

? ?

Selection of the adjustment table

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

? ?

AA94 AA95 AA8A

E

SET

Selection of the item and shifting to lower layer

AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING / setting screen

INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE VIDEO OPTION

Operating specifications

F

• If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the RGB1 display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. • When INPUT5 (DVI) is selected, the RGB1 and SLOT items cannot be selected. (These displays are not skipped during item selection.) • When a slot is not inserted, or when a slot manufactured by other vendor is inserted, the SLOT item cannot be selected. (The display is not skipped during item selection.) • Items that cannot be selected are grayed on the display. • Selection of each item is impossible when there is no input signal.

82

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

1 OFFSET — RGB1 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

O F S – RG B 1

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

MA T

: ∗ ∗ ∗ ( ∗ ∗ ∗ )

CO N T

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code

Key Name

Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

AA01

1

MAT CONT

×

AA02

2

MAT BRIGHT

×

AA03 AA04

3 4

MAT COLOR MAT TINT

× ×

AA05

5

AD MAIN CONT

AA06

6

AD R HIGH

AA07

7

AA08

8

AD G HIGH AD B HIGH

AA09

9

AD R LOW

×

AA00

10

AD G LOW

×

AA46

11

AD B LOW

×

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

AA51

BS9

×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

C

× × ×

D

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING VIDEO OPTION / setting screen

E

Operating specifications • When this mode is entered, the MAT CONT display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.

83

PDP-433CMX 5

6

F

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

2 OFFSET — RGB2 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

O F S – RG B 2

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

: ∗ ∗ ∗ ( ∗ ∗ ∗ )

CO N T R A S T

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Key Name

AA01

1

CONTRAST

×

AA02

2

BRIGHT

×

AA03 AA04

3 4

COLOR TINT

× ×

AA05

5

R HIGH

AA06

6

G HIGH

AA07

7

AA08

8

B HIGH R LOW

AA09

9

G LOW

×

AA00

10

B LOW

×

AA46

11

C

D

E

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Rem Code

Remarks

×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

× × ×

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment VIDEO OPTION AA49 MUTING / setting screen

Operating specifications F

• When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.

84

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

3 OFFSET — DIGITAL 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

OF S – D I G

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

PANE L

: ∗ ∗ ∗ ( ∗ ∗ ∗ )

R – H I GH

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

AA01

1

PANEL R–HIGH

×

AA02

2

PANEL G–HIGH

×

AA03 AA04

3 4

PANEL B–HIGH PANEL R–LOW

AA05

5

PANEL G–LOW

AA06

6

PANEL B–LOW

×

AA07

7

ABL LEVEL

AA08

8

X–SUS–B

× × ×

× ×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

×

AA09

9

X–SUS–G

AA00

10

Y–SUS–B

AA46

11

Y–SUS–G

AA47

12

V–SUS

×

AA4D

BS1

V–OFFSET

×

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

AA51

BS9

−

C

×

Selection is possible, but setting is impossible

×

D

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment VIDEO OPTION AA49 MUTING / setting screen

E

Operating specifications • • • •

When this mode is entered, the PANEL R-HIGH display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed. As the items X-SUS-B, X-SUS-G, Y-SUS-B, Y-SUS-G, V-SUS, and V-OFFSET do not have OFFSET adjustment values, making settings is not allowed. These items are grayed, and the adjustment values are displayed with "___(___)."

85

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

F

1

A

2

3

4

4 OFFSET — SLOT (When SLOT ST1 is connected) • This mode is effective only when SLOT ST1 is connected. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

OF S – S L OT

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

: ∗ ∗ ∗ ( ∗ ∗ ∗ )

Y – DE L AY

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code

C

D

E

Key Name

Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

AA01

1

Y–DELAY

×

AA02

2

Y–OUT LEVEL

×

AA03 AA04

3 4

CD TINT CDR OFFSET

AA05

5

CDB OFFSET

AA06

6

R–Y LEVEL

×

AA07

7

B–Y LEVEL

×

AA08

8

AA09

9

AA00

10

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

× ×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

×

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment VIDEO OPTION AA49 MUTING / setting screen

Operating specifications F

• When this mode is entered, the Y-DELAY display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.

86

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

6. VIDEO OPTION 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

V I DEO

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

OPT

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

S I DE

MA S K

LEV

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Key Name

AA01

1

SIDE MASK LEV

Shift to adjustment screen of SIDE MASK LEVEL with SET (AA8A)

?

AA02

2

C MODE2

Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR MODE2 with SET (AA8A)

?

AA03 AA04

3

Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP LOW with SET (AA8A)

4

C TEMP LOW C TEMP MID LOW

AA05

5

AA06

6

AA07

7

AA08

8

AA09

9

AA00

10

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Rem Code

Selection of the adjustment item

C TEMP MID HIGH C TEMP HIGH

Remarks

Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP MID LOW with SET (AA8A)

? ?

Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP MID HIGH with SET (AA8A)

?

Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP HIGH with +SET (AA8A)

?

C

D

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

SET

Selection of the item and shift to adjustment screen

AA94 AA95 AA8A

AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING / setting screen

E

INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE INITIALIZE F

87

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

Operating specifications • If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the SIDE MASK LEVEL display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. • COLOR MODE setting during COLOR MODE adjustment When Service Factory mode is entered, the settings for COLOR MODE become those that set on the Integrator menu. However, during COLOR MODE 2 adjustment, the unit operates in COLOR MODE 2 regardless of the settings made on the Integrator menu. • COLOR TEMP setting during COLOR TEMP adjustment When Service Factory mode is entered, the setting for COLOR TEMP becomes MIDDLE regardless of the user's setting. During COLOR TEMP adjustment, the unit operates in the selected COLOR TEMP mode.

B

C

D

E

F

88

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

1 SIDE MASK LEV. Adjustment 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

VOP – S

MASK

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

R

S I DE

MA S K

: ∗ ∗ ∗

LEV

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code

Key Name

Function & Display

AA01

1

R SIDE MASK LEV

AA02

2

G SIDE MASK LEV

AA03 AA04

3

B SIDE MASK LEV

AA05

5

AA06

6

AA07

7

AA08

8

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

×

Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

× ×

4

AA09

9

AA00

10

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

C

D

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING INITIALIZE / setting screen

E

Operating specifications F

• When this mode is entered, the R SIDE MASK LEVEL display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed.

89

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

2 COLOR MODE2 Adjustment 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

VO P – C

MOD E 2

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

The color mode indicated on the second line, 31th column is the default setting and does not change according to the color mode being adjusted.

5

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns) 10

B 15 16

: ∗ ∗ ∗

CON T R A S T

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code

C

D

E

Key Name

Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

AA01

1

CONTRAST

×

AA02

2

BRIGHT

×

AA03 AA04

3

COLOR

×

4

TINT

AA05

5

R HIGH

AA06

6

G HIGH

AA07

7

B HIGH

×

AA08

8

R LOW

AA09

9

G LOW

× ×

AA00

10

B LOW

×

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

× Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

× ×

AA8A SET Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING INITIALIZE / setting screen

Operating specifications F

• When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • During COLOR MODE adjustment, the setting becomes COLOR MODE 2, and the adjusted value will be stored in memory, but the color mode setting will not be stored after adjustment is completed.

90

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

3 COLOR TEMP Adjustment 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

VO P – C T

M I D

H

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

: ∗ ∗ ∗

CON T R A S T

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

AA01

1

CONTRAST

×

AA02

2

BRIGHT

×

AA03 AA04

3

COLOR

×

4

TINT

AA05

5

R HIGH

AA06

6

G HIGH

AA07

7

B HIGH

×

AA08

8

R LOW

×

AA09

9

G LOW

×

AA00

10

B LOW

×

AA46

11

AA47

12

AA4D

BS1

AA4E

BS3

AA4F

BS5

AA50

BS7

× Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

× ×

C

D

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA95

Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter

AA8A SET Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING INITIALIZE / setting screen

E

Operating specifications • When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. • During COLOR TEMP adjustment, the unit operates with the selected COLOR TEMP setting, and the adjusted value will be stored in memory, but the COLOR TEMP setting will return to MIDDLE after adjustment is completed.

91

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

F

1

A

2

3

4

7. INITIALIZE 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I N I T

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

CO L O R

: EU RO

DET

Basic Operation • Perform the modification and confirmation of various settings. Key Name

AA01

1

COLOR DET

AA02

2

AA03 AA04

3 4

AA05

5

AA06

6

P&P WRITE ENA HOURMETER SET

AA07

7

PULSEMETER SET

AA08

8

FINAL SET UP

AA09

9

VIDEO STANDARD

...→0→1→2→3→4→5→6→7→8→9→A...

×

AA00

10

PC STANDARD

...→0→1→2→3→4→5→6→7→8→9→A...

×

AA46

11

VIDEO MODE1

...→0→1→2→3→4→5→6→7→8→9→A...

×

AA47

12

PC MODE1

...→0→1→2→3→4→5→6→7→8→9→A...

AA4D

BS1

EEP DATA READ

Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A)

?

AA4E

BS3

MASK1

Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A)

?

AA4F

BS5

MASK2

Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A)

?

AA50

BS7

MEMO

Shifting to writing screen with SET (AA8A)

?

AA51

BS9

SERVICE PARTS

Executing with SET (AA8A)

AA52

BS11

PICTURE DEFAULT

Executing with SET (AA8A)

× ×

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

C

D

Function & Display

×

EEP CHECK

EEPROM writing check

×

ACL SW INTEGRATOR MODE

ON ↔ OFF

× × ×

For Plug & Play EEPROM writing

Selection of the function Selection of the function SET

...→LOCK→UNLOCK→... Setting the current hourmeter Setting the pulse hourmeter

AA95 AA8A

Remarks

...→EURO→SA→ALL→...

AA94

E

Description

Lower Layer

Rem Code

Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A)

?

Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A)

?

Executing with SET (AA8A)

×

×

Selecting the item and shifting to lower layer, or storing the adjustment value and shifting to upper layer.

AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING / setting screen

INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE INFORMATION

F

92

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

Operating specifications • If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the COLOR DET display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. • As for the following items, the adjusted values will be stored in memory: COLOR DET., ACL SW, INTE. MODE, MEMO, VIDEO STANDARD, PC STANDARD, VIDEO MODE 1, PC MODE 1, HOURMETER SET, PULSEMETER SET, FINAL SETUP, MASK 1, MASK 2, and PICTURE DEFAULT.

Function description 1. COLOR DET. : The color detection system is set. EURO SA ALL 2. EEP CHECK: EEPROM writing is checked. The rightmost two digits in hexadecimal notation from the results of addition of data at subaddresses 1760-177C (PDC XGA/SHARP data) of the EEPROM are displayed. 3. ACL SW: The ACL is set. 4. INTEGRATOR MODE: The integrator protection is set. 5. P&P WRITE ENA: The writing permission of the EEPROM for Plug & Play is set. 6. HOURMETER SET: The hourmeter is displayed and set. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

The upper three digits of SET DATA can be changed: 5∞ : To select numbers : To select one of the upper three digits to be changed SET : To register the setting and shift to the confirmation screen for setting changes.

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I N I T

5

HOURME T ER

B

SET

C N OW

DATA : 1 2 34 5H

SET

DATA : 0 9 70 0H

10

15 16 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I N I T

SET

5

HOURME T ER

SET

: To select YES or NO : When YES is selected, the SET DATA are stored in memory, and the initial display appears. When NO is selected, NOW DATA is maintained, and the initial display appears.

D

?

10

YES

NO

15 16

7. PULSEMETER SET: The pulse meter is displayed and set. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I N I T

5

P U L S EME T E R

SET

N OW

DATA : 1 2 34 5 . 6 7G

SET

DATA : 0 9 70 0 . 00G

32

E

The upper three digits of SET DATA can be changed: 5∞ : To select numbers : To select one of the upper three digits to be changed SET : To register the setting and shift to the confirmation screen for setting changes.

10

15 16

F

93

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

A 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I N I T

SET

5

P U L S EME T E R

SET

: To select YES or NO : When YES is selected, the SET DATA are stored in memory, and the initial display appears. When NO is selected, NOW DATA is maintained, and the initial display appears.

?

10

YES

B

NO

15 16

8. FINAL SETUP: Factory preset values are set. (See FINAL SETUP Details.) 9. VIDEO STANDARD: The peak occurrences of STANDARD (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the video system signal is set. (Table 1 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 10. PC STANDARD: The peak occurrences of STANDARD (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the PC system signal is set. (Table 2 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 11. VIDEO MODE1: The peak occurrences of MODE1 (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the video system signal is set. (Table 3 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 12. PC MODE1: The peak occurrences of MODE1 (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the PC system signal is set. (Table 4 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. C

Current Input Signal

POWER CONTROL setting

VIDEO

PC

STANDARD mode

Table1

Table2

MODE1

Table3

Table4

MODE2

PL6 (fixed)

13. EEP DATA READ: Data on each address of the EEPROM are displayed. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

1

D

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I N I T

5

32

: To select a digit (four digits) of an address 5∞ : To select numbers SET : To shift to the next higher layer Displayed data for each address are updated each time the address is changed. Display color : White (Selected address is yellow) Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

10

15 16

EEP

DAT A

READ

: 1 0 FF - 8 0

E

14. MASK1: To select the full mask. Note: The last setting for either MASK 1 or MASK 2 is stored in memory. 15. MASK2: To select the mask pattern. Note: The last setting for either MASK 1 or MASK 2 is stored in memory.

F

Notes on MASK 1 and MASK 2 • When any key is pressed, an OSD is displayed for two seconds, and during this period the full mask signal output is stopped. • When the full mask is selected on the MASK selection menu, two seconds after the full mask is selected (with no key pressed during this period,) the displayed OSD disappears, then full mask is displayed in turn. • To release the mask setting, use "M00" of RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode or "MASK OFF" of Service Factory menu. (The mask setting cannot be released with FULL MASK OFF of the Integrator menu or "FMN" of the RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.)

94

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

16. MEMO: Memo data are displayed and edited. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

<MEMO/SELECT> • With the 5 or ∞ key, a MEMO to be edited can be selected. • If you press the SET key, the screen shifts to MEMO/EDIT. • If you select BACK and then press the SET key, the screen shifts to the next higher layer.

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I N I T ME MO 5

– –– – –– – – – – – – – –– – –– – – – – – – – –– – –– – – – – – –

10

– –– – –– – – – – – –

B

BACK 15 16

1

5

10

15

20

25

30

1

M E MO P DP - 5 0 3MX

5

10

A N 0 `

B O 1 '

C P 2 /

D Q 3 -

RESET

15 16

SEL ECT

E R 4 (

BACK F S 5 )

G T 6 @

H U 7 ∗

I V 8 :

J W 9 #

K X . ?

SPACE

SET

SET

SPACE L Y , &

32

<MEMO/EDIT> • For details on editing, see "INPUT Label" of the user menu. • The default display is "_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _". • When RESET is selected, the setting is reset to the default.

M Z

C

END

MENU

EX I T

17. SERVICE PARTS : The PD number of the module microcomputer is rewritten to the parts recognition number for service. See "7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA ". Parts recognition number for service: Modify the leftmost digit of the PD number to F Example: F691 (an original PD number is 5691). Note: Modification of the PD number to the ID number for service is needed only for the EEPROM of the module microcomputer. The ID number for service in the data area of the module microcomputer in the EEPROM of the main microcomputer must not be changed.

D

18. PICTURE DEFAULT • The data adjusted in Service Factory mode will become the new default settings for PICTURE, WHITE BAL, and SIDE MASK LEVEL of the Integrator menu. • As long as PICTURE DEFAULT or FINAL SETUP is not executed, the settings made in Service Factory mode are not reflected in the video output data in modes other than Service Factory mode. • To make the values adjusted during Service Factory mode go into force, PICTURE DEFAULT must be executed after adjustment. Note: If PICTURE DEFAULT is executed: 1 All the PICTURE items set on the user menu are reset. 2 The values for PICTURE, WHITE BAL, and SIDE MASK LEVEL of the Integrator menu will become those of current adjustment values of Service Factory mode.

E

F

95

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

FINAL SETUP Details Items

Initial Setting

Remarks

Key input of the remote control unit Power supply (STANDBY/ON) Input function VIDEO

WIDE

(When the video signal is input) For each input function

1 DOT BY DOT 3 FULL (including TYPE)

(When the PC signal is input) For each input function and signal mode Priority is 1 → 2 → 3

Vertical position adjustment (V scroll)

0

For each input function (at VIDEO)

KEY LOCK

UNLOCK

VOLUME

0

Screen size

B

NO CARE INPUT1

PC

2 4 : 3 (including TYPE)

Common to all input functions

User menu settings

C

PICTURE

Default value for all adjustment items

SCREEN

Default value for all adjustment items

For each input function and signal mode (at PC)

INPUT LABEL

&INPUT∗&

(∗: 1 to 5). For each input function

AUTO POWER OFF

OFF

For each input function

POWER MANAGEMENT

OFF

INPUT1 (at PC) /5

COLOR TEMP

MIDDLE

DIGITAL NR

LOW

HIGH CONTRAST

OFF

For each input function (at VIDEO)

PURECINEMA

OFF

For each input function (at 525i (NTSC))

COLOR SYSTEM

AUTO

For each INPUT3/4

CLAMP POSITION

AUTO

For each INPUT1/2

3D Y/C MODE

MOTION

INPUT 4

VGA (at mode03, 31, E1)

SETTING

XGA (at mode61, 71, 63, 73)

VIDEO SIGNAL

D

For each input function and signal mode

For INPUT 1/2

RGB

POWER CONTROL

STANDARD

AUTO FUNCTION

OFF

AUDIO OUT

FIXED

(VIDEO/PC) Common to all input functions Common to all input functions

Integrator menu setting item PICTURE

Default value for all adjustment items

WHITE BALANCE

Default value for all adjustment items

SCREEN

Default value for all adjustment items

2×2 MODE BRT. ENHANCE HDTV MODE

PC

For each input function

OFF OFF

For each function that can be controlled by the PC

1035i

Common to all input functions

COMPONENT1

750p/1125i/1125p

COMPONENT2

525i/525p/625i/625p

SUB VOLUME

60

For each input function

OSD

ON

BAUD RATE

4800BPS

TIMER

OFF/1/0.0/WHT

VIDEO INPUT E

OFF/Upper left VIDEO

For each input function and signal mode

Common to all units (Setting/Timer time/Mask time/mask color) Common to all input functions

F

96

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

Items

Initial Setting

FULL MASK

Remarks

OFF

SIDE MASK

R LEVEL

Default value

G LEVEL

Default value

B LEVEL

Default value

MASK CONTROL

ON

ORBITER MODE

OFF

INVERSE MODE

OFF

COLOR MODE

MODE1

MIRROR MODE

OFF

FAN CONTROL

AUTO

Common to all units

Common to all units B

MONITOR NAME

&&&PLASMA&&&

ID NO SET

−−

SLOT INPUT

VIDEO (RGB)

Common to all units

Factory Setting Item INTE MODE

UNLOCK

MASK1/2 setting

OFF

ACL SW

ON

Common to all units

COLOR DET

NO CARE

RS-232C Setting Item VIDEO MUTE

C

OFF

LED

ON

100% display

OFF

Common to all units

D

E

F

97

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

1 MASK1 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

I N I T – MA SK 1

5

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

10

: OFF ( 6 0 Hz )

MA SK

15 16

B

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter.

C

Rem Code

Key Name

AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15

D

E

AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A AAD3-AF70 AA4A AA1D AA59 AA43 AA1E AAD3-AF3C AAD3-AF36 AAD3-AF22 AA49

5 ∞

SET AUDIO DISPLAY CALL SURROUND MODE AV SELECT AV MEMORY MPX SCREEN SIZE FULL AUTO ZOOM P.ZOOM MUTING

Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

OFF MASK51 MASK52 MASK53 MASK54 MASK55 MASK56 MASK57 MASK58 MASK59 MASK60 MASK61 MASK62 MASK63 MASK64 MASK65 MASK66

OFF White Cyan 274 Mazenta 1023 Flesh color Cyan 1023 Light purple Sky blue Red Green Blue Black Red 779 Cyan 218 Cyan 444 Flesh color 43 Red 620

× × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

MASK67 MASK68 MASK69 MASK70 MASK71 MASK72 MASK73 MASK74 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Selection of free-running frequency Selection of free-running frequency

Full mask (Mazenta 98) Full mask (Sky blue 1_43) Full mask (Sky blue 2_43) Full mask (Light purple 43) Full mask (Yellow) Full mask (Blue 916) Full mask (Reserved) Full mask (Reserved)

× × × × × × × ×

••→50Hz→60Hz→70Hz→•• ••→50Hz→60Hz→70Hz→••

Default: 60 Hz Default: 60 Hz

Storing data of the selected item and shifting to upper layer

INFORMATION RANGE CHECK Shifting to various adjustment / setting screen

REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE

Shifting to next adjustment / setting screen

INFORMATION

Operating specifications

F

• When this mode is entered, the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. However, if any MASK setting has been already made, the selected MASK item is displayed first. • If this mode is entered with any of the MASK items in MASK 2 selected, the settings for MASK 2 become invalid, and the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • To select the MASK67 to MASK74, press the 5 (UP) or ∞ (DOWN) key. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. Note: During MASK setting, an OSD is not displayed. If another operation is selected, an OSD is displayed for 2 seconds after the MASK signal output is stopped, then the selected FULL MASK display will be displayed again.

98

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

2 MASK2 1

5

10

15

20

25

30

32

1

I N I T – MA SK 2

#1 –S1– I N4–02 –2 ∗NT

Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)

5

10

B 15 16

: OFF ( 6 0 Hz )

MA SK

Basic Operation Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display

Description

Lower Layer

Remarks

AA01

1

MASK OFF

OFF

×

AA02

2

MASK 01

Pattern 1 (Ramp)

×

AA03

3

MASK 02

Pattern 2 (Color-bars)

×

AA04

4

MASK 03

Pattern 3 (Slanting lines)

×

AA05

5

MASK 04

×

AA06

6

MASK 05

AA07

7

MASK 06

Pattern 4 (For W/B Lo-Light adjustment 1/5Window (14%, 56%)) Pattern 5 (For W/B Lo-Light adjustment 1/5Window (Pred, Skin)) Pattern 6 (For W/B Peak adjustment 1/5Window (100%))

AA08

8

MASK 07

Pattern 7 (Peak signal : For peak measurement and adjustment 1/5Window (100%))

×

C

× ×

AA09

9

MASK 08

Pattern 8 (Reservation)

×

AA00

10

MASK 09

Pattern 9 (Window-A for scan IC protection test)

×

AA46

11

MASK 10

Pattern 10 (Window-B for scan IC protection test)

×

AA47

12

MASK 11

Pattern 11 (Reservation)

×

AA4D

BS1

MASK 12

Pattern 12 (Reservation)

×

AA4E

BS3

MASK 13

Pattern 13 (Reservation)

×

AA4F

BS5

MASK 14

Pattern 14 (Reservation)

×

AA50

BS7

AA51

BS9

AA52

BS11

AA53

BS13

AA54

BS15

AA96

5

Selection of upper items

AA97

∞

Selection of lower items

AA94

Selection of free-running frequency ••→50Hz→60Hz→70Hz→•• Default: 60 Hz

AA95

Selection of free-running frequency ••→50Hz→60Hz→70Hz→•• Default: 60 Hz

AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT AA43 AV MEMORY AA1E MPX

D

E

Storing data of the selected item and shifting to upper layer

INFORMATION RANGE CHECK Shifting to various adjustment / setting screen

REFERENCE OFFSET

AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE P.ZOOM AAD3-AF22 AA49 MUTING Shifting to next adjustment / setting screen INFORMATION

F

99

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

Operating specifications • When this mode is entered, the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. However, if any MASK setting has been already made, the selected MASK item is displayed first. • If this mode is entered with any of the MASK items in MASK 1 selected, the settings for MASK 1 become invalid, and the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. • When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. Note: During MASK setting, an OSD is not displayed. If another operation is selected, an OSD is displayed for 2 seconds after the MASK signal output is stopped, then the selected MASK display will be displayed again.

B

Classification 1 of Input Signal Mode (VIDEO) SIG Mode

C

D

Signal Type

OSD display

V. Frequency fv (Hz)

H. Frequency fh (Hz)

Number of Pixels

15.6

784 × 768 1024 × 768 1024 × 768 1024 × 768

31.2

784 × 768 1024 × 768 1024 × 768 1024 × 768

15.7

784 × 768 1024 × 768 1024 × 768 1024 × 768

INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility

00 • 6 00 • 7 00 • 8 00 • 9

SDTV • 625i (PAL/SECAM)

4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE

01 • 6 01 • 7 01 • 8 01 • 9

SDTV • 625p (PAL • Progressive)

4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE

02 • 6 02 • 7 02 • 8 02 • 9

SDTV • 525i (NTSC/4.43NTSC)

4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE

03 • 6 03 • 7 03 • 8 03 • 9

SDTV • 525p (NTSC • Progressive)

4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE

60

31.5

784 × 768 1024 × 768 1024 × 768 1024 × 768

11 • 7

HDTV • 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1080)

FULL

50

28.1

1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

12 • 7

HDTV • 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1080)

FULL

60

33.8

1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

13 • 7

HDTV • 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1035)

FULL

60

33.8

1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

14 • 7

HDTV • 750p (Effective scanning lines: 720)

FULL

60

45.0

1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

15 • 7

HDTV • 1125p (Effective scanning lines: 1080)

FULL

60

67.5

1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

50

50

60

× (incompatible)

× (incompatible)

× (incompatible)

× (incompatible)

E

F

100

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

Classification 2 of Input Signal Mode (PC) SIG Mode

Signal Type

OSD Display

V. Frequency v (Hz)

H. Frequency h (Hz)

Number of Pixels

INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility

20 • 2

640 × 400

FULL

56

24.8

1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

23 • 2

640 × 400

FULL

70

31.5

1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

31 • 0 31 • 1 31 • 2 32 • 0 32 • 1 32 • 2 34 • 0 34 • 1 34 • 2 35 • 0 35 • 1 35 • 2 36 • 0 36 • 1 36 • 2 40 • 0 40 • 1 40 • 2 41 • 0 41 • 1 41 • 2 44 • 0 44 • 1 44 • 2 45 • 0 45 • 1 45 • 2 46 • 0 46 • 1 46 • 2 55 • 0 55 • 1 55 • 2

640 × 480

640 × 480

640 × 480

640 × 480

640 × 480

800 × 600

800 × 600

800 × 600

800 × 600

800 × 600

832 × 624

DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL

60

31.5

67

35.0

73

37.9

75

37.5

85

43.3

56

35.2

60

37.9

72

48.1

75

46.9

85

53.7

75

49.7

640 × 480 768 × 768 1024 × 768 640 × 480 768 × 768 1024 × 768 640 × 480 768 × 768 1024 × 768 640 × 480 768 × 768 1024 × 768 640 × 480 768 × 768 1024 × 768 800 × 600 768 × 768 1024 × 768 800 × 600 768 × 768 1024 × 768 800 × 600 768 × 768 1024 × 768 800 × 600 768 × 768 1024 × 768 800 × 600 768 × 768 1024 × 768 832 × 624 768 × 768 1024 × 768

? (compatible)

× (incompatible)

× (incompatible)

B

× (incompatible)

× (incompatible)

? (compatible)

? (compatible)

C

× (incompatible)

× (incompatible) × (incompatible)

× (incompatible)

61 • 1 61 • 2

1024 × 768

4 : 3 (TYPE) DOT BY DOT

60

48.4

768 × 768 1024 × 768

? (compatible)

63 • 1 63 • 2

1024 × 768

4 : 3 (TYPE) DOT BY DOT

70

56.5

768 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

65 • 1 65 • 2

1024 × 768

4 : 3 (TYPE) DOT BY DOT

75

60.0

768 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

66 • 1 66 • 2

1024 × 768

4 : 3 (TYPE) DOT BY DOT

85

68.7

768 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

70 • 2

1280 × 768

FULL (TYPE)

56

45.1

1024 × 768

? (compatible)

71 • 2

1280 × 768

FULL (TYPE)

60

48.1

1024 × 768

? (compatible)

73 • 2

1280 × 768

FULL (TYPE)

70

56.1

1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

D

E

F

101

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

A

SIG Mode 81 • 1 81 • 2

B

C

Signal Type

OSD Display

V. Frequency v (Hz)

H. Frequency h (Hz)

Number of Pixels

INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility

60

53.7

768 × 768 1024 × 768

? (compatible) × (incompatible)

1152 × 864

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

84 • 1 84 • 2

1152 × 864

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

72

64.9

768 × 768 1024 × 768

85 • 1 85 • 2

1152 × 864

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

75

67.5

768 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

95 • 1 95 • 2

1152 × 870

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

75

68.7

762 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

A2 • 1 A2 • 2

1152 × 900

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

66

61.8

738 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

A5 • 1 A5 • 2

1152 × 900

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

76

71.7

738 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

B1 • 1 B1 • 2

1280 × 960

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

60

60.0

768 × 768 1024 × 768

? (compatible)

C1 • 1 C1 • 2

1280 × 1024

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

60

64.0

720 × 768 1024 × 768

? (compatible)

C5 • 1 C5 • 2

1280 × 1024

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

75

80.0

720 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

C6 • 1 C6 • 2

1280 × 1024

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

85

91.1

720 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

D1 • 1 D1 • 2

1600 × 1200

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

60

75.0

768 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

D2 • 1 D2 • 2

1600 × 1200

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

65

81.3

768 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

D3 • 1 D3 • 2

1600 × 1200

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

70

87.5

768 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible)

93.8

768 × 768 1024 × 768

× (incompatible) × (incompatible) ? (compatible)

D5 • 1 D5 • 2

1600 × 1200

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

D6 • 1 D6 • 2

1600 × 1200

4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE)

85

106.3

768 × 768 1024 × 768

E1 • 1 E1 • 2

852 × 480

DOT BY DOT FULL

60

31.7

852 × 768 1024 × 768

75

D

E

F

102

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

6.2 ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED WHEN THE SET IS REPARED OR REPLACED RGB Assy

A

Y DRIVE Assy

When repaired

When replaced

1. Adjustment is impossible when the Matrix IC or AD/PLL/AMP IC is replaced. 2. Adjustment is unnecessary in other cases.

1. Panel white balance adjustment

When replaced

X DRIVE Assy

White balance adjustment

When replaced

SW POWER SUPPLY Module

1. Panel white balance adjustment

When replaced B

No adjustment required.

Video Card (PDA-5002)

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy When repaired

When repaired

No adjustment required.

1. Y LEVEL adjustment 2. Color difference and TINT adjustment

When replaced 1. Adjustment is unnecessary when only the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced. 2. When the RGB Assy is replaced at the same time as this assembly, remove the IC1204 (24LC04(1)SN-TBB) from the old PC board of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy and attach it to the new PC board. 3. If you are reusing the collected old PC board as a service part, attach the new IC1204 to the board.

When replaced No adjustment required.

C

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy SW POWER SUPPLY Module D

Y DRIVE Assy

X DRIVE Assy E

RGB Assy

Video Card (PDA-5002)

Fig. 1 Configuration of the PC Board (rear side view) F

103

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

6.3 ADJUSTMENT 6.3.1 VIDEO CARD ADJUSTMENT A

• Adjust after controlling each IC. • Perform from Step 1 to Step 6 for each input signal. NTSC

PAL

SECAM

443NTSC

PALM

PALN

INPUT4

Step

Adjustment Item

Input Signal

NTSC

PAL

INPUT3

Control

Measuring Point

Adjusting Value

Adjusting Method Adjust the level so that the waveform becomes 700 mVp-p.

B

1

Y Level Adjustment (IC7130)(SA83)

RAMP

IC7302

CN7401-pin 3 700mVp-p

a 700mVp-p

a: Adjust the offset so that the pedestal level becomes constant. b: Adjust the level so that the waveform becomes 525 mVp-p.

2

R-Y Offset Adjustment (IC7130)(SA88)

Color-Bar

IC7302

CN7401-pin 7 525mVp-p b a 525mVp-p

C

3

a: Adjust the offset so that the pedestal level becomes constant. b: Adjust the TINT so that the height ratio of each stairstep waveform becomes constant. c: Adjust the level so that the waveform becomes 525 mVp-p.

B-Y Offset Adjustment (IC7130)(SA88) Color-Bar

4

IC7302

b b b

CN7401-pin 5 525mVp-p

TINT Adjustment (IC7130)(SA80)

a

c 525mVp-p

a: Adjust the offset so that the pedestal level becomes constant. b: Adjust the level so that the waveform becomes 525 mVp-p.

D

5

R-Y Level Adjustment (IC7103) (SA101)

Color-Bar

IC7103

CN7401-pin 7 525mVp-p b a 525mVp-p

a: Adjust the offset so that the pedestal level becomes constant. b: Adjust the TINT so that the height ratio of each stairstep waveform becomes constant. c: Adjust the Level so that the waveform becomes 525 mVp-p. E

6

B-Y Level Adjustment (IC7103) (SA100)

Color-Bar

IC7103

b b b

CN7401-pin 5 525mVp-p

a

Each adjustment value is stored in IC7104.

F

104

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

c 525mVp-p

5

6

7

8

A

Operating Check After each adjustment is completed, confirm that the following signals are output correctly. • INPUT3 input signal • INPUT4 input signal • INPUT5 input signal • Signal-distinction circuit operation • Audio signal

VIDEO CARD (PDA-5002)

B

CN7401

VIDEO SLOT ST1 Assy TP7202 TP7302 TP7301

TP7303 TP7414

TP7205

TP7201 TP7109

TP7204 TP7203

TP7108

IC7302 TP7206

TP7415 TP7413 TP7416

TP7105 TP7107 TP7106

TP7110 TP7111

C TP7207

TP7104

IC7103

TP7102 TP7101

TP7112

TP7103

TP7007 TP7412 TP7403 TP7404

TP7006

TP7015 TP7402

TP7013 TP7016

TP7009 TP7011 TP7008TP7005

TP7010

TP7014

TP7012

TP7003

TP7001

TP7004

TP7002

D

Adjustment Points

E

F

105

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

6.3.2 MAIN UNIT ADJUSTMENT A

Panel-White-Balance Adjustment Input Signal

Adjusting Point

Adjusting Method Adjust the OFFSET-DIGITAL parameters (from PANEL R-HIGH to PANEL B-LOW) in Factory mode. For adjustment, use the mask (MASK04) signal of Factory mode for display.

B

Reference : Adjustment values when using the Minolta color-difference meter (A-100) MASK Left Side

MASK Right Side

x

293

292

y

308

296

C

Mask-Level Adjustment Input Signal

Adjusting Point VIDEO OPTION mode in Factory mode SIDE MASK LEV. R SIDE LEVEL : key 1 G SIDE LEVEL : key 2 B SIDE LEVEL : key 3

D

Adjusting Method

Side mask color / Level Adjustment Set the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit (1, 2 and 3 keys).

E

F

106

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

White-Balance Adjustment • A Video Card (PDA-5002 or equivalent) is necessary for white balance adjustment for video signal of the RGB Assy. • Adjust with video system signal (525i) and RGB (PC VGA) signal. • Adjust so that the level and amplitude of the RED and BLUE signals become the same, referring to the GREEN signal. Input Signal Step Adjusting Method 1

Connect a Video Card to the RGB Assy through a jig cable to measure the RGB Assy. (See "Diagnosis of the Video Card (PDA-5002)" of 7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY.) The signal level cannot be measured without a jig cable. Note: Be careful of the jig cable connector when connecting.

2

Input a 525i component signal to INPUT 1 and INPUT 2. Use a signal consisting of the luminance signal only, such as a ramp signal or STEP signal, whose black level (0IRE) and gradation can be checked. Note: You can use a Y (luminance) signal of the standard NTSC component video signal.

3

In the signal input function (INPUT1 or INPUT2), set the display mode of the VIDEO signal to COMPONENT. MENU → SETUP → VIDEO SIGNAL : COMPONENT

4

Set the unit to Standby mode then to Factory mode. MENU → SET → POWER ON

5

Turn the ACL SW setting to OFF. INITIALIZE mode ACL SW : "3" key Select OFF with the right and left keys.

6

7

Decrease the MAT CONT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 3. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT CONT : "1" key Decrease the adjustment value by 3 with the right and left keys. Decrease the MAT BRIGHT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 2. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT BRIGHT : "2" key Decrease the adjustment value by 2 with the right and left keys.

C

8

Take a trigger of the oscilloscope with HD_PLL (3.3Vp-p) of K4805.

9

Measure the signal waveform of the Green signal at K4603, and measure the black level (0IRE) and amplitude.

10

AD R LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: ± 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "9" key Adjust with the right and left keys.

11

AD R HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: ± 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R HIGH : "6" key Adjust with the right and left keys.

12

AD B LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: ± 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B LOW : "11" key Adjust with the right and left keys.

13

AD B HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: ± 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B HIGH : "8" key Adjust with the right and left keys.

Video signal

B

D

E

F

107

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

Input Signal Step

4

Adjusting Method Adjust the black level of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal

Adjust the signal amplitude of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal

Green signal waveform

Green signal waveform

Red or Blue signal waveform

B

Red or Blue signal waveform

Signal amplitude of the Green signal

Black level of the Green signal

Video signal

Black level of the Red or Blue signal

14 C

15

Increase the MAT CONT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 3. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT CONT : "1" key Increase the adjustment value by 3 with the right and left keys. Increase the MAT BRIGHT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 2. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT BRIGHT : "2" key Increase the adjustment value by 2 with the right and left keys.

16

Turn the ACL SW setting to ON. INITIALIZE mode ACL SW : "3" key Select ON with the right and left keys.

1

Input a RGB (PC) signal to the INPUT1 or INPUT2. Use a signal consisting of the luminance signal only, such as a ramp signal or STEP signal, whose black level (0IRE) and gradation can be checked. • Recommended signal: VESA VGA@60Hz

2

Set the unit to Standby mode then to Factory mode. MENU → SET → POWER ON

3

Take a trigger of the oscilloscope with HD_PLL (3.3Vp-p) of K4805.

4

Measure the signal waveform of the Green signal at K4603, and measure the black level (0IRE) and amplitude.

5

AD R LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9 of video signal. Tolerance: ± 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "9" key Adjust with the right and left keys.

6

AD R HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9 of video signal. Tolerance: ± 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R HIGH : "6" key Adjust with the right and left keys.

D

RGB (PC) signal

E

F

108

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

Input Signal Step

RGB (PC) signal

7

8

A

Adjusting Method

7

AD B LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B LOW so that its black level (0IRE) become the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9 of video signal. Tolerance: ± 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B LOW : "11" key Adjust with the right and left keys.

8

AD B HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B HIGH so that its signal amplitude become the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9 of video signal. Tolerance: ± 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "8" key Adjust with the right and left keys. Adjust the black level of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal

B

Adjust the signal amplitude of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal Green signal waveform

Green signal waveform

Red or Blue signal waveform

Red or Blue signal waveform

Signal amplitude of the Green signal

C Black level of the Green signal Black level of the Red or Blue signal

D

Color-Balance Adjustment Input Signal

Adjusting Point

Adjusting Method

REFERENCE1 mode Color-Balance Adjustment in Factory mode After adjusting the white balance, check the flesh color of figures in LD still pictures. If the COLOR : "3" key color is not natural, adjust it with the keys on the remote control unit. TINT : "4" key

Flesh color

Reference: Adjustment values when using the Minolta color-difference meter

20% window-step signal (-3dB) White Balance

HD

PC

294

294

294 304

y

303

303

Y

6.9

6.9

2.8

x

293

293

297

80% window-step signal (-3dB) Flesh Color

NTSC x

y

301

301

312

Y

151

151

65

x

423

423

−

y

363

363

−

Window chroma signal

E

F

109

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

PDP-433CMX

110 F

Adjusting Points K2218 (1/2 VSUS)

K3201 (SUSGND)

K2716 (VH) K2215 K2217 (SUS_B) (SUS_U) K2214 (SUS_G)

K2720 (PSUS) K2717 (VH CONT)

E

K2216 (SUS_D)

K2227 (SUS_D) K3105 (SUSOUTA)

K2715 (YDC_DC_PD)

K2226 (SUS_U)

K3200 (SUS_U)

VR3200 (SUS-G)

K2718 (VH UVP) VR2703 (VH_ADJ)

VR3201 (SUS-B)

K2212 (SUSOUTB)

VR3202 (SUS-D)

K2719 (VH OVP)

K3108 (SUS_D)

VR3203 (SUS-U)

K3104 (+5V) K3103 (VCP_PD)

K2222

K2703 (SUSGND)

VR2701

K3203 (1/2VSUS)

K2702 (VSUS)

K2708 (VOFS) K2705 (SUSGND)

K2709

K2710 (VOFS)

K3014 (XNR-D1) K3012 (XSUS-D)

K3003 K3001 (XSUS-B) (+5V) K3018 (XNR-D2) K3013 (XSUS-G) K3004 (XSUS-U)

K2712 (VOFSUVP)

K2211

K3021 K3007 K3010 (XNR-U) K3022 K3025 K3015 K3017 (XSUS-MSK) (XCP-MSK)

K2011 K2010 K2013 K2009 K2005 K2003 K2002 K2001 K2004 K2205

D

K3008 (PN_MUTE)

K3009 K3006 K3011

K3029

K3030 K3102 (XNR_PD)

K2050 K2048 K2046

K2221 K2045 (+15V) K2049 K2047 K2044 K2043 (DGND)

K2021 (YPR_U2) K2012 (PN MUTE) K2053 (SOFT_D) K2041 (OFS) K2039 (YSUS_MSK) K2037 (YSUS_G) K2028 (YSUS_U)

K2008 (DGND)

K2040 K2038 (YCP_MSK) (YPR_U1) K2007 K2029 (DGND) (YSUS_D) K2006 K2024 (+5V) K2027 (DGND) (YSUS_B)

VR2204 (SUS_U_ADJ) VR2203 (SUS_D_ADJ)

C

K3106 (SUSOUT_B)

K2101 (DEW_DET) VR2202 (SUS_B_ADJ)

K2225 (SUS_D)

VR2201 (SUS_G_ADJ)

K3204 (SUS_U)

K2707 (IC5V)

K3704 (VRN. CNT)

K2704 (VF-)

K2224 (SUS_U)

K3703 (SUS. GND) K3205 (SUS_D)

K3701 (VSUS)

K2714 (GNDHS) K2706 (+14V)

K2701 (VF+)

K2203 (SUSOUTA)

B

K3705 VRN UVP)

K2711 (-8V)

VR3701 (VRN. ADJ)

K2713 VR2702 (IC5V_ADJ) (IC5V UVP) K3214 (SUSGND)

Y DRIVE Assy

K3707 (VRN)

K3702 (SUS. GND)

K3706 (X DC-DC PD)

K3213 (1/2VSUS)

K3708 (VRN_OVP)

X DRIVE Assy

A 2

1

4

3

5

6

7

8

6.4 COMMANDS 6.4.1 RS-232C COMMANDS (for adjustment) Command

Name

RS-232C Factory

Function

RS-232C Integrator

Normal Validity

Direct Validity

UP/DOWN Validity

A

ABL

ABL

ABL level adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

B

BRT

BRIGHT

Brightness adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

BHI

B HIGH

B HIGH adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

BLW

B LOW

B LOW adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

BSL

B SIDE MASK LEVEL

B SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

BHA

AD B HIGH

AD B HIGH adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

BLA

AD B LOW

AD B LOW adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

CNT

CONTRAST

Contrast adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

COL

COLOR

Color adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

CDR

CDR OFFSET

CDR OFFSET adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

CDB

CDB OFFSET

CDB OFFSET adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

CTI

CD TINT

Chroma decode TINT adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

CPH

CLOCK PHASE

PLL phase adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

CFR

CLOCK FREQUENCY

PLL frequency adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

DW0

DOWN 10

To decrease the adjustment value by 10

O

O

O

−

−

DWn

DOWN n

To decrease the adjustment value by n (n = 1, 2,•••8, 9)

O

O

O

−

−

DWF

DOWN FULL

To decrease the adjustment value to the minimum

O

O

O

−

−

GHI

G HIGH

G HIGH adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

GLW

G LOW

G LOW adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

GSL

G SIDE MASK LEVEL

G SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

GHA

AD G HIGH

AD G HIGH adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

GLA

AD G LOW

AD G LOW adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

LRY

R-Y LEVEL

R-Y level adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

LBY

B-Y LEVEL

B-Y level adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

MCT

MAT CONTRAST

MAT CONTRAST adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

MBR

MAT BRIGHT

MAT BRIGHT adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

MCL

MAT COLOR

MAT COLOR adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

MTI

MAT TINT

MAT TINT adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

MCA

AD MAIN CONTRAST

AD MAIN CONTRAST adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

PBH

PANEL BLUE HIGH

BLUE HIGH-LIGHT adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

PBL

PANEL BLUE LOW

BLUE LOW-LIGHT adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

PGH

PANEL GREEN HIGH

GREEN HIGH-LIGHT adjsutment

O

−

−

O

O

PGL

PANEL GREEN LOW

GREEN LOW-LIGHT adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

PRH

PANEL RED HIGH

RED HIGH-LIGHT adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

PRL

PANEL RED LOW

RED LOW-LIGHT adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

RHI

R HIGH

R HIGH adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

RLW

R LOW

R LOW adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

RSL

R SIDE MASK LEVEL

R SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

RHA

AD R HIGH

AD R HIGH adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

RLA

AD R LOW

AD R LOW adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

SV1

SUB VOLUME INPUT1

To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT1

O

O

−

O

O

SV2

SUB VOLUME INPUT2

To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT2

O

O

−

O

O

SV3

SUB VOLUME INPUT3

To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT3

O

O

−

O

O

SV4

SUB VOLUME INPUT4

To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT4

O

O

−

O

O

SV5

SUB VOLUME INPUT5

To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT5

O

O

−

O

O

SHP

H.SHARP

H.SHARP/H.ENHANCE adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

SHV

V.SHARP

V.SHARP/V.ENHANCE adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

T

TNT

TINT

TINT adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

U

UP0

UP10

To increase the adjustment value by 10

O

O

O

−

−

UPn

UPn

To increase the adjustment value by n (n = 1,2•••8,9)

O

O

O

−

−

UPF

UP FULL

To increase the adjustment value to the maximum

O

O

O

−

−

VOF

VOFFSET ADJUST

Vofs adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

VOL

VOLUME

Audio volume adjustment

O

O

O

O

O

VSU

VSUS ADJUST

Vsus adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

VPS

VERTICAL POSITION

Vertical position adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

VSI

VERTICAL SIZE

Vertical size adjustment

O

O

−

O

O

XSB

XSUS B

X-SUS-B pulse adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

XSG

XSUS G

X-SUS-G pulse adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

YSB

YSUS B

Y-SUS-B pulse adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

YSG

YSUS G

Y-SUS-G pulse adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

YDL

Y-DELAY

Y-DELAY adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

YOL

Y-OUT LEVEL

Y-OUT LEVEL adjustment

O

−

−

O

O

C

D

G

L

M

P

R

S

V

X

Y

5

6

B

C

D

E

F

111

PDP-433CMX 7

8

A

1

2

3

4

6.4.2 RS-232C COMMANDS (for setting) A Command A AJN

Name

Function

RS-232C Factory

RS-232C Integrator

Normal Validity

Direct Validity

UP/DOWN Validity

ADJUST NO

To exit from the RS-232C Integrator mode

−

O

−

−

−

AJY

ADJUST YES

To enter the RS-232C Integrator mode

−

−

O

−

−

AMN

AUDIO MUTE NO

To turn the audio mute to OFF

O

O

O

−

−

AMY

AUDIO MUTE YES

To turn the audio mute to ON

O

O

O

−

−

AB0

ABL MODE0

To set the ABL setting to MODE0 (REFERENCE)

O

−

−

−

−

AB1

ABL MODE1

To set the ABL setting to MODE1 (PC)

O

−

−

−

−

AB2

ABL MODE2

To set the ABL setting to MODE2 (VIDEO60Hz)

O

−

−

−

−

AB3

ABL MODE3

To set the ABL setting to MODE3 (VIDEO50Hz)

O

−

−

−

−

VIDEO RGB YES

To set the signal format to VIDEO RGB

O

O

−

−

−

BR1

BAUD RATE1

To set the RS-232C baud rate to 1200BPS

O

O

−

−

−

BR2

BAUD RATE2

To set the RS-232C baud rate to 2400BPS

O

O

−

−

−

BR3

BAUD RATE3

To set the RS-232C baud rate to 4800BPS

O

O

−

−

−

BR4

BAUD RATE4

To set the RS-232C baud rate to 9600BPS

O

O

−

−

−

BR5

BAUD RATE5

To set the RS-232C baud rate to 19200BPS

O

O

−

−

−

BR6

BAUD RATE6

To set the RS-232C baud rate to 38400BPS

O

O

−

−

−

C CM1

COLOR MODE 1

To set to COLOR MODE 1

O

O

O

−

−

CM2

COLOR MODE 2

To set to COLOR MODE 2

O

O

O

−

−

CP1

VIDEO COMPONENT1 YES To set the signal format to VIDEO COMPONENT1

O

O

−

−

−

CP2

VIDEO COMPONENT2 YES To set the signal format to VIDEO COMPONENT2

O

O

−

−

−

CDE

COLOR DETECT EURO

To set the color detect to EURO

O

O

−

−

−

CDM

COLOR DETECT ALL

To set the color detect to ALL

O

O

−

−

−

CDA

COLOR DETECT SA

To set the color detect to SA

O

O

−

−

−

CT1

COLOR TEMP.1

To set the color temperature to -3000K or equivalent

O

O

−

−

−

CT2

COLOR TEMP.2

To set the color temperature to -2000K or equivalent

O

O

−

−

−

CT3

COLOR TEMP.3

To set the color temperature to ±0K or equivalent

O

O

−

−

−

CT4

COLOR TEMP.4

To set the color temperature to +1000K or equivalent

O

O

−

−

−

CT5

COLOR TEMP.5

To set the color temperature to +2000K or equivalent

O

O

−

−

−

CL1

CLAMP MODE1

To set the clamp position to AUTO

O

O

−

−

−

CL2

CLAMP MODE2

To set the clamp position to fix

O

O

−

−

−

OSD DISPLAY NO

To prohibit OSD display

O

O

O

−

−

DIY

OSD DISPLAY YES

To permit OSD display

O

O

O

−

−

DOF

DISPLAY OFF

To turn the OSD display to OFF

O

O

O

−

−

DRN

DRIVE ON

To turn the drive to ON

−

−

DRF

DRIVE OFF

To turn the drive to OFF

−

−

DSP

INPUT SIGNAL DISPLAY

To display current input signal information

O

O

−

−

−

DS2

DISPLAY2

To display current various information

O

O

−

−

−

EWY

EEPROM WRITE YES

To enter Plug & Play EEPROM writing mode

O

−

−

−

−

EWN

EEPROM WRITE NO

To exit from Plug & Play EEPROM writing mode

O

−

−

−

−

FAN

FACTORY ADJUST NO

To exit from Factory adjustment mode

O

−

−

−

−

FAY

FACTORY ADJUST YES

To enter Factory adjustment mode

−

−

O

−

−

FST

FINAL SET UP

To reset various settings to the factory-preset values

O

−

−

−

−

FRP

FRESH POSITION

To initialize SCREEN value of integrator

O

O

−

−

−

FCA

FAN CONTROL AUTO

To set the fan roll control to AUTO

O

O

−

−

−

FCM

FAN CONTROL MAX

To set the fan roll control to MAX

O

O

−

−

−

FMY

FULL MASK YES

To set to FULL MASK (white)

−

O

−

−

−

FMR

FULL MASK RED

To set to FULL MASK (red)

−

O

−

−

−

FMG

FULL MASK GREN

To set to FULL MASK (green)

−

O

−

−

−

FMB

FULL MASK BLUE

To set to FULL MASK (blue)

−

O

−

−

−

FMN

FULL MASK NO

To release the FULL MASK

−

O

−

−

−

FXO

FIX OUTPUT

To fix the audio output

O

O

−

−

−

F50

FREE RUN 50Hz

To set the free-running to 50Hz in the MASK setting

O

−

−

−

−

F60

FREE RUN 60Hz

To set the free-running to 60Hz in the MASK setting

O

−

−

−

−

F70

FREE RUN 70Hz

To set the free-running to 70Hz in the MASK setting

O

−

−

−

−

GET ADJUST

To obtain various adjustment values of the display from EEPROM

O

−

−

−

−

B BBY

B

C

D DIN

D E

F

E

G GAJ

F

It is valid in the RS-232C factory and STB

GPW

GET PANEL W/B

To obtain the panel W/B information from EEPROM

O

−

−

−

−

GS1

GET STATUS 1

To obtain the version information of microcomputer from

O

−

−

−

−

GS2

GET STATUS 2

To obtain the PD information and temperature information from EEPROM

O

−

−

−

−

GPS

GET POSITION DATA

TxD outputs of the positioning data

O

O

O

−

−

GSO

GET STATUS OPTION

TxD outputs of data on various OPTION settings

O

O

O

−

−

GSS

GET STATUS SET UP

TxD outputs of data on various SETUP settings

O

O

O

−

−

GAS

GET ADJUST SLOT

TxD outputs of data of picture quality setting of SLOT

O

−

−

−

−

GAR

GET ADJUST RGB

TxD outputs of data of picture quality adjustment (RGB 1)

O

−

−

−

−

112

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

Command G GWB GPD H HCN

I

6

Name

7

Function

8

RS-232C Factory

RS-232C Integrator

Normal Validity

Direct Validity

UP/DOWN Validity

GET WHITE BALANCE

TxD outputs of data of picture quality setting of RGB1

O

O

O

−

−

GET POWER DOWN

TxD outputs of POWER DOWN information

O

−

−

−

− −

HIGH CONTRAST NO

To turn the high contrast setting to OFF

O

O

−

−

HCY

HIGH CONTRAST YES

To turn the high contrast setting to ON

O

O

−

−

−

HMS

HOUR METER SET

To set the hour meter to optional time

O

−

−

O

−

HMD

HOUR METER DISP.

To display the hour meter

O

O

−

−

−

H80

HDTV MODE 1080 i

To set the HDTV mode to 1080 i

O

O

−

−

−

H35

HDTV MODE 1035 i

To set the HDTV mode to 1035 i

O

O

−

−

−

IN1

INPUT1

To select INPUT1

O

O

O

−

−

IN2

INPUT2

To select INPUT2

O

O

O

−

−

IN3

INPUT3

To select INPUT3

O

O

O

−

−

IN4

INPUT4

To select INPUT4

O

O

O

−

−

IN5

INPUT5

To select INPUT5

O

O

O

−

−

IMN

INTEGRATOR MODE NO

To set the Integrator mode to LOCK

O

−

−

−

−

IMY

INTEGRATOR MODE YES

To set the Integrator mode to UNLOCK

O

−

−

−

−

IDC

ID CLEAR

To clear the ID

O

O

−

−

−

IDS

ID SET

To set the ID

O

O

−

O

− −

K KLN

KEY LOCK NO

To permit main unit key / remote control unit operation

O

O

−

−

KEY LOCK YES

To prohibit main unit key / remote control unit operation

O

O

−

−

−

M M00

MASK 00

Mask mode OFF

O

−

−

−

−

M01

MASK 01

Pattern 1 (ramp)

O

−

−

−

−

M02

MASK 02

Pattern 2 (color bars)

O

−

−

−

−

M03

MASK 03

Pattern 3 (slanting lines)

O

−

−

−

−

M04

MASK 04

Pattern 4 (for W/B measurement)

O

−

−

−

−

M05

MASK 05

Pattern 5 (for W/B adjustment)

O

−

−

−

−

M06

MASK 06

Pattern 6 (for W/B peak measurement)

O

−

−

−

−

M07

MASK 07

Pattern 7 (for peak measurement)

O

−

−

−

−

M08

MASK 08

Pattern 8 (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M09

MASK 09

Pattern 9 (for SCAN IC protection test)

O

−

−

−

−

M10

MASK 10

Pattern 10 (for SCAN IC protection test)

O

−

−

−

−

M11

MASK 11

Pattern 11 (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M12

MASK 12

Pattern 12 (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M13

MASK 13

Pattern 13 (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M14

MASK 14

Pattern 14 (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M51

MASK 51

Full mask (white)

O

−

−

−

−

M52

MASK 52

Full mask (cyan 274)

O

−

−

−

−

M53

MASK 53

Full mask (mazenta 135)

O

−

−

−

−

M54

MASK 54

Full mask (flesh color)

O

−

−

−

−

M55

MASK 55

Full mask (cyan 1023)

O

−

−

−

−

M56

MASK 56

Full mask (light purple 5)

O

−

−

−

−

M57

MASK 57

Full mask (sky blue)

O

−

−

−

−

M58

MASK 58

Full mask (red)

O

−

−

−

−

M59

MASK 59

Full mask (green)

O

−

−

−

−

M60

MASK 60

Full mask (blue)

O

−

−

−

−

M61

MASK 61

Full mask (black)

O

−

−

−

−

M62

MASK 62

Full mask (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M63

MASK 63

Full mask (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M64

MASK 64

Full mask (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M65

MASK 65

Full mask (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

M66

MASK 66

Full mask (reservation)

O

−

−

−

−

MG1

2X2MODE LEFT UPPER

Four enlarged setting: Upper left

O

O

−

−

−

MG2

2X2MODE LEFT LOWER

Four enlarged setting: Lower left

O

O

−

−

−

MG3

2X2MODE RIGHT UPPER

Four enlarged setting: Upper right

O

O

−

−

−

MG4

2X2MODE RIGHT LOWER

Four enlarged setting: Lower right

O

O

−

−

−

MGY

2X2MODE YES

To turn the four sides multi to ON

O

O

O

−

−

MGN

2X2MODE NO

To turn the four sides multi to OFF

O

O

O

−

−

MMN

MIRROR MODE NO

To turn the mirror mode to OFF (normal display)

O

O

O

−

−

MMX

MIRROR MODE X

Right and left reversing display

O

O

O

−

−

MMY

MIRROR MODE Y

Top and bottom reversing display

O

O

O

−

−

MMZ

MIRROR MODE XY

Top/bottom and right/left reversing display

O

O

O

−

−

MTN

VIDEO MUTE NO

To turn the video mute of IC30 to OFF

O

O

O

−

−

MTY

VIDEO MUTE YES

To turn the video mute of IC30 to ON

O

O

O

−

−

KLY

5

6

B

C

D

E

F

113

PDP-433CMX 7

8

A

1

2

3

A Command M

Function

RS-232C Factory

RS-232C Integrator

Normal Validity

Direct Validity

UP/DOWN Validity

MCY

MASK CONTROL YES

To permit automatic mask display position setting

O

O

−

−

−

MCN

MASK CONTROL NO

To release automatic mask display position setting

O

O

−

−

−

NMY

NEGATIVE MODE YES

To turn the inverse mode (negative positive inverting) to ON

O

O

−

−

−

NMN

NEGATIVE MODE NO

To turn the inverse mode (negative positive inverting) to OFF

O

O

−

−

−

NTS

COLOR SYSTEM NTSC

To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to NTSC

O

O

−

−

−

NT4

COLOR SYSTEM 4.43NTSC

To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to 4.43NTSC

O

O

−

−

−

NRN

DIGITAL NR OFF

To set the DIGITAL NR setting to OFF

O

O

−

−

−

NRL

DIGITAL NR LOW

To set the DIGITAL NR setting to LOW

O

O

−

−

−

NRM

DIGITAL NR MIDDLE

To set the DIGITAL NR setting to MIDDLE

O

O

−

−

−

NRH

DIGITAL NR HIGH

To set the DIGITAL NR setting to HIGH

O

O

−

−

−

OFY

OFFSET YES

To set the OFFSET adjustment mode to ON

O

−

−

−

−

OCY

FIELD OFFSET CHANGE YES To set the field AB offset to ON

O

−

−

−

−

OCN

FIELD OFFSET CHANGE NO

To set the field AB offset to OFF

O

−

−

−

−

OMY

ORBITER MODE YES

To set the orbiter mode to ON

O

O

−

−

−

OMN

ORBITER MODE NO

To set the orbiter mode to OFF

O

O

−

−

−

PAF

ACL SW OFF

To set the ACL SW to OFF

O

−

−

−

−

PAL

COLOR SYSTEM PAL

To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL

O

O

−

−

−

PAN

ACL SW ON

To set the ACL SW to ON

O

−

−

−

−

PCA

PC AUTO

To set the INPUT setting to PC AUTO (auto)

O

O

−

−

−

PCY

PC RGB YES

To set the INPUT setting to PC: RGB (VGA or XGA)

O

O

−

−

−

PWY

PC WIDE YES

To set the INPUT setting to PC: RGB (WVGA or WXGA)

O

O

−

−

−

PLN

BRIGHT ENHANCE OFF

To set the center brightness correction function to OFF

O

O

−

−

−

PLY

BRIGHT ENHANCE ON

To set the center brightness correction function to ON

O

O

−

−

−

PMS

PULSE METER SET

To set the pulse meter

O

−

−

O

−

PMD

PULSE METER DISP

To display the pulse meter

O

−

−

−

−

PMY

COLOR SYSTEM PAL-M

To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL-M

O

O

−

−

−

PNY

COLOR SYSTEM PAL-N

To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL-N

O

O

−

−

−

PON

POWER ON

Power ON

−

−

O

−

−

POF

POWER OFF

Power OFF

O

O

O

−

−

PT0

PANEL COLOR TEMP0

Panel color temperature 0 (REFERENCE value)

O

−

−

−

−

PT1

PANEL COLOR TEMP1

Panel color temperature 1

O

−

−

−

−

PT2

PANEL COLOR TEMP2

Panel color temperature 2

O

−

−

−

−

PSN

AUTO POWER OFF OFF POWER MANAGEMENT

To set the AUTO POWER OFF / POWER MANAGEMENT setting to OFF

O

O

−

−

−

PS1

AUTO POWER OFF ON

To set the AUTO POWER OFF setting to ON

O

O

−

−

−

PS2

POWER MANAGEMENT ON

To set the POWER MANAGEMENT setting to ON

O

O

−

−

−

PUN

PURECINEMA OFF

To set the PURECINEMA to OFF

O

O

−

−

−

PUS

PURECINEMA STANDARD

To set the PURECINEMA to STANDARD

O

O

−

−

−

PUH

PURECINEMA HQ

To set the PURECINEMA to HQ (HIGH QUALITY)

O

O

−

−

−

PWN

POWER CONTROL STANDARD

To set the power control to OFF (STANDARD mode)

O

O

−

−

−

PWL

CONTROL MODE1

To set the power control to MODE1 (Power-saving mode)

O

O

−

−

−

PWS

POWER CONTROL MODE2

To set the power control to MODE2 (Longevity life mode)

O

O

−

−

−

PDF

PICTURE DEFAULT

To execute PICTURE DEFAULT

O

−

−

−

−

R

RFY

REFERENCE YES

To enter reference adjustment mode

O

−

−

−

−

S

SCM

COLOR SYSTEM SECAM

To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to SECAM

O

O

−

−

−

N

B

Name

4

O

P

C

D

STD

STANDARD W/B

To reset the PIC and W/B of integrator to factory default values

−

O

−

−

−

SM0

SCREEN MODE 0

To set the screen size to DOT BY DOT

O

O

O

−

−

SM1

SCREEN MODE 1

To set the screen size to 4:3

O

O

O

−

−

SM2

SCREEN MODE 2

To set the screen size to FULL

O

O

O

−

−

SM3

SCREEN MODE 3

To set the screen size to ZOOM

O

O

O

−

−

SM5

SCREEN MODE 5

To set the screen size to WIDE

O

O

O

−

−

SLY

STILL YES

To set the STILL setting to ON

O

O

O

−

−

SLN

STILL NO

To set the STILL setting to OFF

O

O

O

−

−

T

TVA

COLOR SYSTEM AUTO

To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to AUTO

O

O

−

−

−

V

VFY

VIDEO FULL DISPLAY YES

To start 100% display

−

−

O

−

−

VFN

VIDEO FULL DISPLAY NO

To finish 100% display

−

−

O

−

−

VRO

VARIABLE OUTPUT

To set the audio output to variable

O

O

−

−

−

YCM

3S Y/C MOTION

To set the 3D Y/C setting to MOTION

O

O

−

−

−

YCS

3D Y/C STILL

To set the 3D Y/C setting to STILL

O

O

−

−

−

E

Y

F

114

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

6.4.3 GET COMMAND A

Command Description Command

Function

GAJ

Outputting data for electronic-control-adjustment values and drive-system-adjustment values

GPW

Outputting data related to the white-balance adjustment for the panel

GS1

Outputting data such as version information, and data from the hour meter and pulse meter

GS2

Outputting data for power down, temperature and condensation information

GAS

Outputting data related to the picture quality setting of SLOT

GAR

Outputting data related to the picture quality (RGB1 of the Factory menu)

GPS

Outputting data related to SCREEN adjustment data

GPD

Outputting data on PD information of Service Factory menu (past eight times)

GSD

Outputting TxD data on SD information of Service Factory menu

GWB

Outputting data related to picture quality / white balance

GSS

Outputting data on SETUP items of menu mode / Integrator menu

GSO

Outputting data on OPTION items of menu mode / Integrator menu

B

GAJ: Outputting data for electronic-control-adjustment values and drive-system-adjustment values • Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. • This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.

Order

Data Contents

Size

1

Setting mode of electric power upper limit value

3 byte

2

3 byte 3 byte

4

(Reference data) Electric power upper limit value (Offset data) (ABL) Vsus adjustment value (Reference data)

5

Vofs adjustment value

(Reference data)

3 byte

6

V-SUS-B adjustment value

(Reference data)

3 byte

7

V-SUS-G adjustment value

(Reference data)

3 byte

8

Y-SUS-B adjustment value

(Reference data)

3 byte

9

Y-SUS-G adjustment value

(Reference data)

3 byte

3

Remarks

C

AB* ( *: 0 to 3)

(Note 1)

3 byte

D

(Note 1) : If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.

GPW (Get Panel White balance): Outputting data related to the white-balance adjustment for the panel • Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. • This command is invalid in modes other than the RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.

Order 1

Data Contents

Size

Panel color temperature mode

3 byte

Remarks PT* ( *: 0 to 3)

2

(Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Red 4 (Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value 5 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Green 6 (Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value 7 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Blue 8 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 9 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Red 10 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 11 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Green 12 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 13 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Blue (Note 1) : If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data. 3

6

F

115

PDP-433CMX 5

E

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

GS1: Outputting data such as version information, and data from the hour meter and pulse meter • Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. • This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.

Order

B

Data Contents

Size

Remarks

1

Display information

3 byte

See below

2

Module microcomputer model number

4 byte

5691 or F691

3

Module microcomputer version

3 byte

4

Panel microcomputer version

3 byte

5

Panel /FLASH ROM version

3 byte

6

Hour meter (hour)

5 byte

Unit: H (hour)

7

Pulse meter

7 byte

Unit: 0.01G (10,000,000)

8

Main microcomputer model number

4 byte

5692

9

Main microcomputer version

3 byte

10

Wide microcomputer version

3 byte

11

Wide /FLASH ROM version

3 byte

Display Information Data C

Model

MX5

PDP-503CMX/MXE (initial value)

MX4

PDP-433CMX/MXE

MD5

Module 50 inches

MD4

Module 43 inches

HD5

PDP-503HD

HD4

PDP-433HD

GS2: Outputting data for power down, temperature and condensation information D

• Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • This command is valid only in the following cases: in RS-232C Factory adjustment mode, during power-down or shutdown, and for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs because of condensation formed inside the unit or audio failure. Note: During power-down, when a failure occurs, or for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs, data can be obtained by directly executing "GS2" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand.

Order

E

F

Data Contents

Size

Remarks

1

AC information

1 byte

Always 0 (not used)

2

Service parts distinction

1 byte

3

Hour meter (hour, minute)

7 byte

0: DIGITAL ASSY adjustment done 1: DIGITAL ASSY not adjusted (Service Assy) *****H**M

4

Power-down information

2 byte

1st/2nd (∗)

5

Temperature information

3 byte

8 bit

6

Condensation information

1 byte

1: Condensation

7

Panel microcomputer communication

1 byte

1: Communication failure

8

DIGITAL EEPROM communication

1 byte

1: Communication failure

9

DIGITAL EXPANDER communication

1 byte

1: Communication failure

10

Temperature information (TEMP2)

3 byte

8 bit

11

Temperature information (TEMP3)

3 byte

8 bit

12

Module microcomputer communication

1 byte

1: Communication failure

13

Wide microcomputer communication

1 byte

1: Communication failure

14

MAIN IIC

1 byte

1: Communication failure

15

MAIN EEPROM IIC

1 byte

1: Communication failure

16

AUDIO failure

1 byte

1: AUDIO failure

17

FAN failure

1 byte

1: FAN failure

116

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

(∗) See the table below on contents of PD information.

Data

Power-Down Point

0

None

1

Y-DRIVE

2

Y-DC/DC CONVERTER

3

X-DC/DC CONVERTER

4

X-DRIVE

5

Power supply

6

ADDRESS junction

7

ADDRESS resonance

8

DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)

B

GAS (Get Adjust Slot): Outputting data related to the picture quality setting • Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • Data for the SLOT section of the Factory menu are output. • This command is invalid when the current input function is one other than VIDEO input of the SLOT system. • This command is invalid when no SLOT is connected or when a SLOT from another vendor is connected. • This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.

Order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Data Contents Y-DELAY

Y-OUT LEVEL

CD TINT

CDR OFFSET

CDB OFFSET

R-Y LEVEL

B-Y LEVEL

Size

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Offset data)

3 byte

C

Remarks (Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1) D

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1) : If data are output when Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.

E

F

117

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

GAR: Output data related to the picture quality (RGB1 of the Factory menu) • Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.

Order 1

AD MAIN CONT

2 3

AD R HIGH

4 5

AD G HIGH

6

B

7

AD B HIGH

8 9

AD R LOW

10 11

AD G LOW

12 13

AD B LOW

14 15 C

Data Contents

MAT CONT

16 17

MAT BRIGHT

18 19

MAT COLOR

20 21

MAT TINT

22

Size

Remarks

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Reference data)

3 byte

(Note 1)

(Offset data)

3 byte

(Note 1) (Note 2)

(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output. (Note 2) If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data. D

GPS: Output data related to SCREEN adjustment data • Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • All data are data of an Integrator area. • This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode and RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode.

Order

E

Data Contents

Size

Remarks

1

H.POSITION

3 byte

2

V.POSITION

3 byte

3

CLOCK

3 byte

(Note 1)

4

PHASE

3 byte

(Note 1)

5

V.SIZE

3 byte

(Note 1) When the current input signal mode is VIDEO or INPUT 5(DVI), dummy data(*) are output as adjustment data.

F

118

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

GPD (Get Power Down), PD (Power Down) : Outputting data on PD INFORMATION of the Service

A

Factory MENU • The acquired data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • This command is valid only in RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode and during power-down. Note: During power-down, data can be obtained by directly executing "GPD" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand.

Order

Data Contents

Size

Remarks

1

The latest "1stPD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

2

The latest "2ndPD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

3

Hour meter information of the latest PD

7 byte

Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE

4

Second latest "1st PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

5

Second latest "2nd PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

6

Hour meter information of the second latest PD

7 byte

Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE

7

Third latest "1st PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

8

Third latest "2nd PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

9

Hour meter information of the third latest PD

7 byte

Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE

10

Fourth latest "1st PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

11

Fourth latest "2nd PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

12

Hour meter information of the fourth latest PD

7 byte

Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE

13

Fifth latest "1st PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

14

Fifth latest "2nd PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

15

Hour meter information of the fifth latest PD

7 byte

Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE

16

Sixth latest "1st PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

17

Sixth latest "2nd PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

18

Hour meter information of the sixth latest PD

7 byte

Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE

19

Seventh latest "1st PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

20

Seventh latest "2nd PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

21

Hour meter information of the seventh latest PD

7 byte

Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE

22

Eighth latest "1st PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

23

Eighth latest "2nd PD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

24

Hour meter information of the eighth latest PD

7 byte

Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE

B

C

D

(Note 1) See the table below on PD information

Data

Power Down Point

0

None

1

Y-DRIVE

2

Y-DC/DC CONVERTER

3

X-DC/DC CONVERTER

4

X-DRIVE

5

Power supply

6

ADDRESS junction

7

ADDRESS resonance

8

DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)

E

F

119

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

GSD (Get Shut Down) : Outputting TxD data on SD (Shut Down) INFORMATION of Service Factory MENU • The acquired data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • This command is valid only in RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode and during shut down (for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs or standby). Note: During power-down, data can be obtained by directly executing "GPD" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand. Table 1: GSD

Order

B

Data Contents

Size

Remarks

1

The latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

2

First latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

3

Second latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

4

Third latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

5

Fourth latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

6

Fifth latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

7

Sixth latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

8

Seventh latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

(Note 1)

(Note 1) See the table below on SD information

C

Table 2: SD contents

GET Data

D

Shut Down Point

1

Panel microcomputer communication failure

2

Module IIC communication failure

3

Condensation

4

Temperature abnormality

5

FAN abnormality

6

Module microcomputer communication failure

7

Wide microcomputer communication failure

8

Main IIC communication failure

9

AUDIO failure

E

F

120

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

GWB (Get White Balance): Outputting data related to picture quality / white balance • Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode. • In Normal Operation mode and RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, data for the current signal and color mode of the current input function in the Integrator area are output. • In RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode, RGB2 data for the Factory mode are output.

Order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Data Contents CONTRAST

BRIGHT

COLOR

TINT

R HIGH

G HIGH

B HIGH

R LOW

G LOW

B LOW

Size

Remarks

3 byte 3 byte

(Note 2)

3 byte 3 byte

(Note 2)

3 byte

(Note 1)

3 byte

(Note 2)

3 byte

(Note 1)

3 byte

(Note 2)

B

3 byte 3 byte

(Note 2)

3 byte 3 byte

(Note 2)

3 byte 3 byte

C

(Note 2)

3 byte 3 byte

(Note 2)

3 byte 3 byte

(Note 2)

3 byte 3 byte

21

H.ENHANCE (H.SHARP)

3 byte

22

V.ENHANCE (V.SHARP)

3 byte

(Note 2)

D

(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output. (Note 2) If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.

E

F

121

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

GSS: Outputting data on SETUP items of the menu mode / Integrator menu • Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode.

Order

1

B

C

Data Contents

Size

COLOR TEMP

Output

Remarks

1 byte

1: COLOR TEMP1 2: COLOR TEMP2 3: COLOR TEMP3 4: COLOR TEMP4 5: COLOR TEMP5

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

2

DIGITAL NR

1 byte

0: OFF 1: LOW 2: MIDDLE 3: HIGH

3

HIGH CONTRAST

1 byte

0: OFF, 1: ON

4

PURECINEMA

3 byte

Same as the RS-232C command

(Note 1)

5

COLOR SYSTEM

3 byte

Same as the RS-232C command

(Note 1) (Note 1)

6

CLAMP

1 byte

1: AUTO 2: LOCKED

7

3DY/C

1 byte

M: MOTION S: STILL

(Note 1)

8

SETTING/VIDEO SIGNAL

3 byte

Same as the RS-232C command

(Note 1)

9

2X2MODE

1 byte

0: OFF 1 to 4: MG1 to MG4 (See "MAGNIFY")

10

BRIGHT ENHANCE

1 byte

0: OFF, 1: ON

11

HDTV MODE

3 byte

Same as the RS-232C command

(Note 1)

12

VIDEO INPUT

1 byte

1: COMPONENT1 2: COMPONENT2

(Note 1)

13

Input function

3 byte

IN*

14

Screen size

1 byte

0: DOT BY DOT 1: 4:3 (TYPE) 2: FULL (TYPE) 3: ZOOM 5: WIDE 6: 100% display

15

SUB VOLUME (INPUT1)

2 byte

0 to 60

16

SUB VOLUME (INPUT2)

2 byte

0 to 60

17

SUB VOLUME (INPUT3)

2 byte

0 to 60

(Note 1)

18

SUB VOLUME (INPUT4)

2 byte

0 to 60

(Note 1)

19

SUB VOLUME (INPUT5)

2 byte

0 to 60

(Note 1)

D

(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output.

E

F

122

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

GSO: Outputting data on OPTION items of the menu mode / Integrator menu • Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. • This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode.

Order

Data Contents

Size

Output

Remarks

1

POWER CONTROL

3 byte

Same as the RS-232C command

2

OSD display

1 byte

0: OSD display prohibition 1: OSD display permission

3

FULL MASK

3 byte

4

R SIDE MASK LEVEL

3 byte

Adjustment value

5

G SIDE MASK LEVEL

3 byte

Adjustment value

6

B SIDE MASK LEVEL

3 byte

Adjustment value

7

MASK CONTROL

1 byte

0: OFF, 1: ON

8

ORBITER MODE

1 byte

0: OFF, 1: ON

9

INVERSE MODE

1 byte

0: OFF, 1: ON

10

COLOR MODE

1 byte

1: COLOR MODE1 2: COLOR MODE2

1 byte

X: Right and left inverting Y: Top and bottom inverting Z: Top/bottom and right/left inverting N: OFF

11

MIRROR MODE

Display a RS-232C command of currently set MASK B

C

A: AUTO M: MAX

12

FAN CONTROL

1 byte

13

MONITOR NAME

12 byte

14

SLOT INPUT

1 byte

0: VIDEO (RGB) 1: COMPONENT1 2: COMPONENT2

(Note 1)

15

TEMPERATURE

3 byte

A/D input value

(Note 2)

16

HOUR METER

5 byte

17

KEY LOCK

1 byte

Unit : H 0: Lock release 1: Lock

D

(Note 1) Dummy data (*) are output when a SLOT manufactured by Pioneer is connected.

E

F

123

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

7. GENERAL INFORMATION 7.1 DIAGNOSIS A

7.1.1 CONFIGURATION OF THE PC BOARD

ADR CONNECT A Assy

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

BRIDGE A Assy B

ADR CONNECT B Assy SUB ADDRESS A Assy RESONANCE Assy

THERMAL SENSOR Assy SCAN (A) Assy

ADR CONNECT C Assy BRIDGE B Assy

Y DRIVE Assy

C

SW POWER SUPPLY Module SLOT CONNECTOR Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy

SCAN (B) Assy IR Assy SIDE KEY Assy

X CONNECTOR (A) Assy

KEY CONNECTOR Assy

MX AUDIO Assy

SP OUT R Assy

D

ADR CONNECT D Assy

X DRIVE Assy CONTROL Assy BRIDGE C Assy

X CONNECTOR (B) Assy I/O Assy

ADR CONNECT C Assy

SP OUT L Assy

RGB Assy RESONANCE Assy SUB ADDRESS B Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy BRIDGE D

E

MX LED Assy

Assy ADR CONNECT A Assy

Rear View F

124

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED

This unit has self-diagnosis functions against abnormalities in the internal circuits and other operational abnormalities, and if any abnormality is detected, the STANDBY/ON indicator (LED) blinks to alert you of it. How the indicator blinks and possible failure points and power-down points are explained below:

A

Shutdown • Operations : When a microcomputer detected abnormality, it turns the power supply OFF. • LED display : Blinking in green Example: How the LED blinks when DIGITAL-IIC communications fail Green LED lights for 200 msec.

Extinguished for 100 msec

Green LED lights for 200 msec.

B

Extinguished for 3 sec

Number of blinking 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reason Panel Microcomputer failure DIGITAL-IIC communication failure Condensation Temperature abnormality FAN abnormality Module microcomputer failure Wide microcomputer failure RGB-IIC communication failure Audio failure

C

How to release shutdown If the Power key on the remote control unit is pressed, the shutdown status is released, and the unit will be turned on. (It is not necessary to press the MAIN POWER button to turn off the unit.)

Power-down • Operations : In an emergency, the protection circuits are activated, and the power is turned off. • LED display : Blinking in red Note: If more than two protection circuits are activated at almost the same time, the LED indicates this by its blinking-pattern.

D

Example: How the LED blinks for the first power-down (Y-DC/DC CONVERTER) and the second power-down (Y DRIVE) 2nd power-down information

1st power-down information Red LED lights for 200 msec.

Extinguished for 100 msec

Red LED lights for 200 msec.

Extinguished for 1 sec

Red LED lights for 200 msec.

Extinguished for 3 sec

Number of blinks 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Failure Point Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply Address junction Address resonance DIGITAL-DC/DC CONVERTER

E

How to release power-down Set the MAIN POWER button to OFF, and wait for about 30 seconds until the LED for PD (power-down) in the power-supply module is extinguished. Wait another 5 seconds, then recover the unit by setting the MAIN POWER button to ON. Note: After power-down is released, the unit restarts and goes to Standby mode. F

125

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

F

126

2

A7

A6

IC8151 Thermal Sensor 3

SPL1

A3

IC8601 Audio Amp.

OR

A5

4 TEMP2

IC5512 Thermal Sensor 2

4 TEMP3

9 AUDIO_NG

3 IC7104 EEPROM

IC7202 3D Y/C & CNR

S2

R1

IC4402 Matrix IC

IC5502 EEPROM

IC7103 Expander

V1

S3

8

8

TXD0 RXD0

(E)SCL (E)SDA

6

IC7302 Chroma Decode

VIDEO SLOT ST1 ASSY

SCL SDA

IC5505 Main UCOM

SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY

R8

5 FAN_NG

TXD CLK *WU_CE

R3

SCL SDA

IC1207 Module UCOM

1

Expander

2

P2

D1

IC1204 EEPROM

D6

D18

IC1191 Panel UCOM external Flash ROM

DEW_DET 3

TEMP1 4

TXD CLK *PU_CE

SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE

D3

RXD BUSY REQ_PU

IC1101 Panel UCOM

IC8351 Thermal Sensor 1

Y2 CN2002

Moisture Sensor

Y DRIVE ASSY

TE1

THERMAL SENSOR ASSY

2

Note: The figures 1 - 8 indicate the number of times the "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks when shutdown occurs in the corresponding route.

SP (L) ASSY

FAN

FAN

MX AUDIO ASSY

E 7

D IC5602 Wide UCOM external Flash ROM

B

RXD BUSY REQ_WU

IC5601 Wide UCOM

C

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

A

RGB ASSY

1 3 4

Block Diagram of the Shutdown Signal System ("STANDBY/ON" LED: Blinking in green)

PDP-433CMX

4

5

6

7

8

A

Diagnosis Method in Shutdown The data on the past eight shutdowns are stored in memory.

1 OSD display of the Shutdown NG history The shutdown NG history is displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu. 1

5

10

15

20

25

30 32

1

I N FO NG

#1 –S1 – I N4 – 0 2 – 2 ∗NT

I N FO

5

10

W I DE W I DE MO D U L E MA I N I I C ––– ––– ––– –––

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B

15 16

Display of the PD contents

Shutdown Point Panel microcomputer communication failure Module IIC communication failure

OSD Display PANEL MOD IIC

Condensation

DEW

Temperature abnormality

TEMP

FAN abnormality

C

FAN

Module microcomputer communication failure

MODULE

Wide microcomputer communication failure Main IIC communication failure AUDIO failure

WIDE MAIN IIC AUDIO

2 Shutdown NG history by RS-232C command "GSD" Order

Data Contents

Size

1

The latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

2

First latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

3

Second latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

4

Third latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

5

Fourth latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

6

Fifth latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

7

Sixth latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

8

Seventh latest "SD INFO"

1 byte

Shutdown Point

D

OSD Data

Panel microcomputer communication failure

1

Module IIC communication failure

2

Condensation

3

Temperature abnormality

4

FAN abnormality

5

Module microcomputer communication failure

6

Wide microcomputer communication failure

7

Main IIC communication failure

8

AUDIO failure

9

E

F

127

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

Shutdown diagnosis Screen display

1 Panel microcomputer failure

1

5

10

15

20

25

30 32

25

30 32

25

30 32

1

Condition : When the module microcomputer failed in communication with the panel microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down.

5

10

Possible causes

S H U T DOWN

• Open/short-circuit of the communication lines in the assembly B

15 16

2 DIGITAL-IIC communication failure Condition : When the module microcomputer failed in communication with an external EEPROM or EXPANDER Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down.

1

5

10

15

20

1

5

Note: A DIGITAL-IIC communication failure may occur in Standby mode. 10

S H U T DOWN

Possible causes

C

• Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the assemblies. • Breaking of wire between the following point: DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D1) ↔ SW POWER SUPPLY Module (P2).

15 16

3 Condensation detection Condition : When condensation has formed inside the unit Results : As soon as condensation is detected, the unit will shut down.

Possible cause other than condensation • Disconnection of CN2002 between the condensation sensor and the Y DRIVE Assy 1

4 Abnormally high temperature D

5

10

15

20

1

Condition : When the internal temperature of the unit becomes abnormally high Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down.

5

WAR N I NG THERMAL ALERT 10

Possible causes if this abnormality occurs in an environment in which the temperature is not so high 15 16

• Disconnection between the SP TERMINA (L) Assy (SPL1) and MX AUDIO Assy (A3). • Disconnection between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and RGB Assy (R8). • Disconnection between the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D18) and temperature sensor 1 (TE1). E

Reference Shutdown temperature of each temperature sensor TEMP2 data 150 ( 80°C) TEMP3 data 117 ( 64°C) As for the TEMP 1 sensor, a shutdown occurs when a disconnection of connectors is detected, but does not occur because of temperature. Temperature displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu TEMP1 (°C) TEMP1 (data) -50 TEMP2 (°C) TEMP2 (data) /2+5 TEMP3 (°C) TEMP3 (data) /2+5 F

1

5

10

15

20

25

30 32

1

I N FO

#1 –S1 – I N1 – 0 6 – 2 ∗NT

T EM P E R A T UR E 5

T E MP 1 T EMP 2 T E MP 3

: 128 : 104 : 088

FAN

: 135

10

15 16

128

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

5 FAN failure Condition : Fan failure Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: Fan failure is detected only in the following cases: • When the FAN CONTROL is set to MAX • When the FAN CONTROL is set to AUTO, and the temperature at the TEMP3 sensor is 30°C or higher (Fan failure is not detected while the fan is not activated even if connectors become disconnected.) Possible causes • Disconnection of a junction connector between FAN (A6) and the MX AUDIO Assy (A7). • Disconnection of a connector between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and the RGB Assy (R8). • Forced stop of the fan caused by a foreign object being caught in the fan.

6 Module microcomputer failure

1

5

15

20

25

30 32

5

WAR N I NG FAN

FAILURE

10

15 16

B

1

Condition : When the main microcomputer has failed in communication with the module microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: A module microcomputer communication failure may occur in Standby mode. Possible causes • Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. • Disconnection of a connector between the RGB Assy (R3) and the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D3). • Writing defectiveness of module microcomputer (IC1207) software.

10

1

5

10

15

20

25

30 32

1

5

10

S H U T DOWN

C

15 16 1

5

10

15

20

25

30 32

1

7 Wide microcomputer failure Condition : When the main microcomputer failed in communication with the wide microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Possible causes • Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. • Writing defectiveness of the wide-microcomputer (IC5601) software. • Writing defectiveness of the external Flash ROM (IC5602) of the wide-microcomputer.

8 RGB-IIC communication failure

5

10

S H U T DOWN

D

15 16

1

Condition : When the main microcomputer failed in IIC communication Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: An RGB-IIC communication failure may occur in Standby mode. Possible causes • Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. • Incomplete insertion of a SLOT or a SLOT junction PC board Note: In a case of incomplete insertion of a SLOT, the following symptoms may occur in addition to the above results.

5

10

15

20

25

30 32

1

5

10

S H U T DOWN 15 16

E

• Audio signals to INPUT 3 and INPUT 4 are not output. • Switching to INPUTs 3-5 (SLOT function) is impossible. • Video signals to INPUT 1 and INPUT 2 are not displayed.

9 Audio failure Condition : When a DC component is added on the speaker output line Results : The power is shut down as soon as a failure is detected. Possible causes • Disconnection of a connector between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and the RGB Assy (R8). • Short-circuiting between + and - of C8615 and C8622.

F

129

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

F

1

130

2

3

D17

OR

IC1201-pin 6

OR

Address PD Mute 6

D1202 Cathode

AND

7

D1

PD_TRIGGER

DIG_ADR.PD

OR

4

Y DRIVE ASSY

Y Drive

1

PD Circuit

P2

SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE

P3

P4

2

Y DC-DC

5

3

X DC-DC

Y1

X1

OR

Relay Circuit

3

B

Note: The figures 1 - 8 indicate the number of times the "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks when shutdown occurs in the corresponding route.

RESONANCE ASSY (Lower)

D16

OR

D12 - D15

OR

8

X Drive

2

RESONANCE ASSY (Upper)

E IC1201-pin 8

D

ADR CONNECT ASSY (Lower)

ADR CONNECT ASSY (Upper)

C

D8 - D11

DIGITAL DC-DC

X DRIVE ASSY

A

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

1 4

Block Diagram of the Power Down Signal System ("STANDBY/ON" LED: Blinking red)

PDP-433CMX

4

5

6

7

8

A

Types and function of the various protection circuits (P.D. circuits) Assy Name

Y DRIVE Assy

OSD Display

Red "STANDBY/ ON" LED Number of Blinks

Y-DRV

1

Y-DDC

VCP OCP

2

X-DDC

3

X-DRV

4

X DRIVE Assy

SW POWER SUPPLY Module

POWER

Type of P.D. Circuits

5

Function P.D. by VCP overcurrent

VOFS OVP

P.D. by VOFS overvoltage

VOFS UVP

P.D. by VOFS undervoltage (= overcurrent)

VH OVP

P.D. by VH overvoltage

VH UVP

P.D. by VH undervoltage (= overcurrent)

IC5V UVP

P.D. by IC5V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

VRN OVP

P.D. by VRN overvoltage

VRN UVP

P.D. by VRN undervoltage (= overcurrent)

VCP OCP

P.D. by VCP overcurrent

VSUS OVP

P.D. by VSUS overvoltage

VSUS UVP

P.D. by VSUS undervoltage (= overcurrent)

VADR OVP

P.D. by VADR overvoltage

VADR UVP

P.D. by VADR undervoltage (= overcurrent)

15V OVP

P.D. by 15V overvoltage

15V UVP

P.D. by 15V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

12V UVP

P.D. by 12V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

6.5V OVP

P.D. by 6.5V overvoltage

6.5V UVP

P.D. by 6.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

13.5V UVP

P.D. by 13.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

-9V UVP

P.D. by -9V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

+B OVP

P.D. by +B overvoltage

+B OCP AC200V P.D.

Remarks

B

C

P.D. by +B overcurrent P.D. by AC200V applied PFC module overheat protection VSUS arc resistance overheat protection

ADR CONNECT Assy

ADRES

6

ADR.PD

RESONANCE Assy

ADR-K

7

ADR.K.PD

P.D. by ICP open and TCP defective

5.0V OVP

P.D. by 5V overvoltage

5.0V UVP

P.D. by 5V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

DC-DC

8

P.D. by disconnection of the connectors

3.3V OVP

P.D. by 3.3V overvoltage

3.3V UVP

P.D. by 3.3V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

2.5V OVP

P.D. by 2.5V overvoltage

2.5V UVP

P.D. by 2.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent)

D

Reference OVP : Over Voltage Protect UVP : Under Voltage Protect OCP : Over Current Protect PD : Power Down

E

F

131

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

Diagnosis Method in Power Down The data (1st/2nd/time stamp) on the past eight power-downs are stored in memory.

1 OSD display of the PD history The PD history displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu.

Display of PD point 1

5

10

15

20

25

30 32

Power-Down Point Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC COVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)

1

#1 –S1 – I N4 – 0 2 – 2 ∗NT

I N FO PD

I N FO

5

B 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 ST X – DDC ADR – K Y – DR V ADRES ––––– ––––– ––––– –––––

2 ND ––––– X – DDC D C – DC ––––– ––––– ––––– ––––– –––––

0 5 1 4 8 H 2 5M 0 2 2 4 8 H 1 4M 0 1 3 5 8 H 3 6M 0 0 3 4 8 H 1 5M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M

15 16

OSD Display Y-DRV Y-DDC X-DDC X-DRV POWER ADRES ADR-K DC-DC

Time stamp display [OOOOOH] : HOUR, [OOM] : MINUTE Example: Time stamp display is [65432H10M] → 65432 hours 10 minutes

C

D

E

2 Retrieval of PD history by RS-232C command "GPD" Data of PD point Order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Data contents The latest "1st PD" point The latest "2nd PD" point The latest PD time stamp Second latest "1st PD" point Second latest "2nd PD" point Second latest PD time stamp Third latest "1st PD" point Third latest "2nd PD" point Third latest PD time stamp Fourth latest "1st PD" point Fourth latest "2nd PD" point Fourth latest PD time stamp Fifth latest "1st PD" point Fifth latest "2nd PD" point Fifth latest PD time stamp Sixth latest "1st PD" point Sixth latest "2nd PD" point Sixth latest PD time stamp Seventh latest "1st PD" point Seventh latest "2nd PD" point Seventh latest PD time stamp Eighth latest "1st PD" point Eighth latest "2nd PD" point Eighth latest PD time stamp

Size 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte

Power-Down Point Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC COVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)

"GPD" Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Time stamp data upper 5 byte: HOUR, lower 2 byte: MINUTE Example: Time stamp is [6543210] → 65432 hours 10 minutes

F

132

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

7

IC3702, IC3712 IC3701, IC3702, IC3712

VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK (X DRIVE Assy)

VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK (X DRIVE Assy)

DIGITAL DC DC

RESONANCE Assy

ADR K

D/D CONV. BLOCK (DIGITAL VIDEO Assy) IC1901

D/D CONV. BLOCK (DIGITAL VIDEO Assy) IC1901

D/D CONV. BLOCK (DIGITAL VIDEO Assy) IC1901

TCP damage of IC6704 (ICP), disconnection of the D16 and D17 connectors, panel microcomputer is defective, external Flash ROM of the panel microcomputer is defective.

Disconnection of the D8 - D15 connectors

ADDRESS CONNECT A~D Assy

ADR

IC8601 (Audio IC)

IC2206, IC2214 (Pulse module)

IC3200, IC3201 (Pulse module)

IC3200, IC3201 (pulse module), IC3103, IC3104, IC3106, IC3107, IC3110, IC3113, R3109

SW POWER SUPPLY Module

ADDRESS CONNECT A - D Assy, RESONANCE Assy, D/D CONV. BLOCK (DIGITAL VIDEO Assy)

MX AUDIO Assy

Y DRIVE Assy

X DRIVE Assy

X DRIVE Assy

Q3122

IC2704, IC2706, IC2717

X DRIVE Assy

SCAN IC

IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)

IC2704, IC2706, IC2717

SCAN (A), (B) Assy

SCAN IC

IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)

IC2711, IC2712, IC2716

SCAN (A), (B) Assy

IC2712, IC2716

VH D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)

Q2211, Q2212, R2277, IC2208, IC2210

VH D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)

VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)

IC2702, IC2709, IC2715

VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy) IC2701, IC2702, IC2709, IC2715

IC2206, IC2214 (Pulse module), IC2203, IC2204, IC2212, IC2213, IC2216, IC2217, R2209

Y DRIVE Assy

SW POWER SUPPLY Module

PS

X DRIVE

X DC DC

Y DC DC

Y DRIVE

Possible Part in failure

VOFS OVP

VOFS UVP VH OVP

VH UVP

IC5V UVP VRN OVP

VRN UVP

VCP OCP

K2712 Lo

K2709 Lo K2719 Lo

K2718 Lo

K2713 Lo K3708 Lo

K3705 Lo

K3103 Lo

3.3V UVP 2.5V OVP 2.5V UVP

K1904 Lo K1905 Lo K1906 Lo

5.0V UVP 3.3V OVP

K1903 Lo

5.0V OVP K1902 Lo

K1901 Lo

ADR. K. PD

ADR. PD

VCP OCP

K2211 Lo

Circuit State P.D. Circuit in Operation

Note on PS PD The condition that Red "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks five times (power supply PD) 1 When the internal protection circuit of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module worked 2 When a microcomputer was not able to identify the PD point ↓ Care must be taken because five blinks of the red LED does not always mean that the protection circuit of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module is activated.

In a case where the voltage is not output even if the P4, P3, P6 connectors and Pin 5 of the P2 connectors are disconnected

In a case where PD does not occur if Pin 5 of the P2 connector is disconnected

In a case where PD does not occur if the P4 connector is disconnected In a case where PD does not occur if the P3 connector is disconnected In a case where PD does not occur if the P6 connector is disconnected

VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation

Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation

SCAN Assy in normal operation

IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation

SCAN Assy in normal operation

VH D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation

Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation

VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation

Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation

Diagnosis Condition

6

6

5

4

3

2

1

Error Point

Diagnosis of error points in the various protection-circuit (P.D. circuits) operations (Red "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks)

Number P.D. Point in of Blinks Operation

5 7 8

A

PDP-433CMX

8

B

133

C

D

E

F

1

A

2

3

4

Block diagram of the Power supply section SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE

AC IN 100 - 240V

Power Factor Control

Y DRIVE ASSY

+B395V

STB5V

VOFS -45V

VH DC/DC Converter

VH 130V

IC5V, VF12V DC/DC Converter

IC5V VF12V

VSUS 215V

VADR 61V

VADR DC/DC Converter

ST-BY Power Supply

B

VSUS DC/DC Converter

VOFS DC/DC Converter

6.5V DC/DC Converter (6.5V, 13.5V, -9V)

13.5V -9V

15V DC/DC Converter (15V, 12V)

12V

X DRIVE ASSY VRN DC/DC Converter

VRN -280V

DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY 15V DC/DC Converter (5V, 3.3V, 2.5V)

5.0V 3.3V 2.5V

Supplementary information C

D

E

1. Power on/off switch for the large-signal system (SW102) Function: Only the power for the small-signal system (15V, 12V, 6.5V, 13.5V, and -9V) is on, and the power for the large-signal system (VSUS, VADR) is off. Usage: Use when only an operational check for the smallsignal system is required. Supplementary information: When this switch is to be used, the wires of pin 5 (DIG, ADR, and PD) of the P2 connector of the power-supply module should be disconnected to prevent the PD circuit from operating. To turn the power of the large-signal system off without using this switch, operation from an external PC through RS-232C commands "DRF" is basically required. In this case, the above procedure is not required, as the PD circuit is muted by software. How to turn on the power with a command sent via RS-232C communication when the large signal system's power is off 1 Check that the unit is in Standby mode. 2 Transmit the RS-232C command "DRF." 3 Turn on the power using the remote control unit, side keys, or the command "PON." Note: Once the power is turned off, the setting of the large signal system power returns to ON. If you wish to turn on the power when the large signal system's power is off, transmit the DRF command each time. 2. 200V AC power-down switch (SW101) Function: While 200V AC voltage is applied, operation of the PD circuit is turned on and off (ON when the switch is set to 100V AC, and OFF when the switch is set to 200V AC).

F

Setting:

3. Temperature compensation of the VSUS voltage for the drive system Function: Control the power supply voltage mentioned above according to temperature. (Temperature compensation works so that the voltage is lowered on the lowertemperature side, and is raised on the highertemperature side.) Purpose: To improve the yield by compensating the temperature characteristics of the panel. Supplementary information: For this model, temperature compensation is performed only for the VSUS voltage, and not for the VOFS voltage, and it is controlled by software. 4. When a fuse blows • If a fuse blows, never turn the power on again only after replacing the fuse. (In most cases, the fuse itself did not have any problem. So as long as factors of overcurrent have not been removed, chances of destruction increase every time the power is turned on. In the worst case, about a dozen parts may be destroyed.) • Principally, the whole power-supply-module assembly must be replaced. 5. Voltage adjustment of the panel drive As this model employs the electronic VR system for the VSUS and VOFS voltages, and as the voltage-adjustment data are stored in the DIGITAL assembly, voltage adjustment of the panel drive is not necessary when the power-supply modules are changed. (For VADR, VH, and VRN, adjustments with semifixed VR controls are necessary.) For this model, as the power-supply block has been developed and designed by an outside vendor, at the point you know which module is a cause of failure (through diagnosis described elsewhere in this manual), change the corresponding modules, and do not diagnose or repair the module. Similarly, the switches and the semifixed VRs inside the powersupply module must not be adjusted without a special reason.

For the MXE model only, the switch is set to 200V, and for other models, it is set to 100V.

134

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA A

Description Data in the EEPROM (IC1204/2 kbit) mounted on the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy are automatically copied to an area (Area A in the figure below) of the EEPROM (IC5502/64 kbit) mounted on the RGB Assy as backup data in a case of assembly replacement. Therefore, the adjustment data for the unit (data in the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy) can be maintained even after replacement of the DIGITAL VIDEO and/or RGB Assy. Note: As for the COLOR and TINT items, even though they are adjustment data for the unit, as they are stored in Area C (see the figure below) they are not automatically backed up.

Contents of EEPROM on the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy • Adjustment value of PANEL White Balance PANEL-R HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-G HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-B HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-R LOW : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-G LOW : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-B LOW : Adjustment item for the unit • Adjustment value of ABL ABL LEVEL : Adjustment item for the unit • Adjustment value of drive system X-SUS-B : Adjustment item for the unit X-SUS-G : Adjustment item for the unit Y-SUS-B : Adjustment item for the unit Y-SUS-G : Adjustment item for the unit V-SUS : Adjustment item for the unit V-OFFSET : Adjustment item for the unit • Pulse meter • Hour meter • Various setting data of FULL MASK

B

Data are automatically backed up.

Data are automatically backed up.

Data are automatically backed up.

C

Flow of basic automatic backup Data in Areas A and B are judged according to keyword as to whether they have already adjusted or not, then copying is automatically performed. RGB Assy EEPROM (IC5502) For copy (backup) Data of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

1 2

Area A

D

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy EEPROM (IC1204) Data of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

Area B

Data of the RGB Assy Save area

Area C

E

1 Automatic copying is performed every time the Service Factory mode is entered (regardless of the keyword.) 2 When the power is turned on, keyword checking is performed, then automatic copying is performed if the keyword for the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (Area B) is "not adjusted," and that for the RGB Assy is "adjusted."

F

135

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

Actual automatic backup operation 1. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (Using the service Assy) Keyword modification is not needed. Replace the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy with that for service, then turn on the power. Thus, the backup data in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy are automatically copied to the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy. DIGITAL VIDEO Assy for service

RGB Assy

2

EEPROM (IC1204)

EEPROM (IC5502)

B

2. When the RGB Assy is replaced (whether replaced with the assembly for service or not does not matter) Replace the RGB Assy, then enter the Service Factory mode. The backup data in the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy are then automatically copied to the EEPROM of the RGB Assy. DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

RGB Assy

1 C

D

EEPROM (IC1204)

EEPROM (IC5502)

3. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (reuse of a repaired part) When installing the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy in other unit It is necessary to change the keyword of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy to be reused to "not adjusted." Before removing the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy to be reused, enter the Service Factory mode and execute SERVICE PARTS in the INITIALIZE item. (The unit must operate properly, and OSD display must be possible.) If SERVICE PARTS cannot be executed, readjustment is required. Note: If a repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is mounted in another unit (Unit 2) without this change of keyword, the automatic backup function will not work properly. Moreover, if Unit 2 is set to Service Factory mode in this condition, data in force before the repair of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy will be copied to Area A of the RGB Assy of Unit 2, overwriting the data necessary for Unit 2. Once overwritten, the original data will not be restored. 4. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (reuse of a repaired part) When installing the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy in the original unit It is not necessary to change the keyword. After the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is mounted in the original unit, the unit can operate with its latest adjustment values. After replacement, turn on the power. Then, the backup data in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy will automatically be copied to the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy.

E

5. When replacing both the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy and the RGB Assy simultaneously Automatic backup function does not work properly. Readjustment is necessary.

Others

F

1. As for the COLOR and TINT items, even though they are adjustment data for the unit, as they are stored in Area C, they are not automatically backed up. For these two items, the following applies: 1 When only the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced Readjustment is not required, as data are stored in the RGB Assy. 2 When the RGB Assy is replaced After repair, readjustment is required. 2. Except for data for the COLOR and TINT items, data in Area C in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy are assembly-adjustment data. Readjustment is not required when the RGB Assy is replaced with one for service.

136

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY A

SW Power Supply Module

1

4

Remove the rear case (M).(Screws × 20)

1

1

×2

×2

1

1

1

×2

Remove the clamper and insert it to another place, as indicated in the photo below.

×2

Clamper

4 1

B

1 Sub Frame L

1

Sub Frame R

1 1

1

1 1

×2

1

1

C

2 3

SW Power Supply Module

Remove the four screws. Remove the SW Power Supply Module.

2

SW Power Supply Module

2

Slit

D

5 SW Power Supply Module

5

3

Insert the SW Power Supply Module into the slits of sub frame L and R.

E

2 Diagnosis

2

F

137

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

4

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

1 2

Remove the rear case (M). (Screws × 20)

3 4 5

Remove the screw of earth block on the I/O Assy.

7

Remove the SW Power Supply Module. (Connector, screws × 4)

Remove the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy. (Connector, circuit board spacers × 6)

Remove the terminal panel CMX. (Connector, screws × 9)

7

Remove the RGB base. (Screws × 4)

B

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

5

RGB Base

5 4

4

×2

5

5

3

×2

4

4

×2

4

×2

I/O Assy

C

Terminal Panel CMX DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

6

Remove the connectors and binders, and remove the RGB base with PCB Assys.

D

DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

RGB Assy

SLOT CONNECTOR Assy

6

E

RGB Base

F

138

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

Y DRIVE, SCAN (A), (B) Assy

1

Remove the three screws.

7 8

Remove the rear case (M). (Screws × 20)

9

Remove the front chassis V. (Screws × 5)

Remove the Y DRIVE Assy. (Connector, PCB spacers × 3, screws × 8)

10 Remove the scan IC spring (43L, 43R). (Screw × 1) Y DRIVE Assy Front Case Assy 43 (M)

2 3 4

Scan IC Spring (43L)

Loosen the rivet.

1

×3

9

8 8

9

×2

B

×2

Remove the lead cover MX.

10

Pull out the flexible cable. Front Chassis V

SIDE KEY Assy

2

9

8 8 8

Scan IC Spring (43R)

4

×2

×2

C

Lead Cover MX

Rivet Turn the rivet, taking care not to push on it, because pushing on it may set the rivet to its original position.

9 3

Lead Cover MX Remove the lead cover MX together with the rivet when the rivet is fully loosened.

9

5

Detach the lower part of the front case assy 43 (M) so that it can swing open hinged at the top.

11 Reverse the SCAN (A) and SCAN (B) assemblies.

6

Remove the front case assy 43 (M).

12 Exchange the ROM if necessary.

D

SCAN (A) Assy

Front Case Assy 43 (M)

Rear Case (M)

11 ROM ×6

6 Aluminum Materials

E

The hook of the front case assy 43 (M) is fixed with the rear case (M) and the aluminum material, as shown in the illustration.

11 ROM ×6

5

SCAN (B) Assy

F

139

PDP-433CMX 5

6

7

8

1

A

2

3

X DRIVE Assy

1 2

Diagnosis of the Video Card (PDA-5002)

1 2 3

Remove the Rear Case (M). (Screws × 20) Remove the X DRIVE Assy. (Connector, screws × 8)

2

B

Remove the rear case (M). (Screws × 20) Remove the video card. (Screws × 2) Remove the SLOT CONNECTOR Assy from the RGB Assy and reconnect it with the jig cable (GGD1035).

×2

2 2

4

2

×2

×2

Jig Cable (GGD1035)

2

SLOT CONNECTOR Assy RGB Assy

×2

3 3

C

2 2

2

Video Card

X DRIVE Assy

4

Reconnect the video card. (Do not insert it into the slot.)

D

Video Card

SLOT CONNECTOR Assy

4

E

RGB Assy

Diagnosis

F

140

PDP-433CMX 1

2

3

4

7.2 IC INFORMATION ¶ The information shown in the list is basic information and may not correspond exactly to that shown in the schematic diagrams.

•List of IC SN755860PJ, M30624FGAFP, HD64F2328VF, GAL22V10, M30624FGAFP, PD6358A, PST9246N, FS781BZB, ML6426CS-1, CXA3516R, BA5417, STK795-460

SN755864APZP (SCAN A ASSY : IC6201 - IC6206) SN755864APZP (SCAN B ASSY : IC6001 - IC6006) • Scan IC

• Pin Assignment (Top view)

PDP-433CMX

141

Block Diagram

Pin Function I/O

Num.

CLK

Name 86

I

1

Shift clock (start edge partial response)

DA

91

I/O

1

The serial data input of shifting register

DB

85

I/O

1

The serial data output of shifting register

LE

40

I

1

It output data done a latch of by "H" level

CLR

92

I

1

It do data of shift register with "H" by "L" level

A/B

84

I

1

A shift directional control signal of shift register

OC1

89

I

1

An output control terminal of HVO

OC2

90

I

1

An output control terminal of HVO

HVO

99, 100, 1-28 36-40, 48-76

O

64

High voltage drive output (HVO1 - HVO64)

VDD

88

−

1

Logic power supply

GND

30-32, 44-46 81-82, 93, 94-95

−

11

Standard potential. This is common to HVO1 - HVO64.

VH1

34, 35, 97, 98

−

4

The high potential circuit power supply which is common to HVO1 - HVO32

VH2

41, 42, 78, 79

−

4

The high potential circuit power supply which is common to HVO33 - HVO64

NC

29, 33, 43, 47 77, 80, 83, 96

−

8

It is the insulation electrically

142

Pin No.

Function

PDP-433CMX

M30624FGAFP (RGB ASSY : IC5505) • Main Microcomputer

• Pin Function No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Pin Name TXD CLK FAN VOL H_SYNC V_SYNC DPMS BYTE CNVSS NC XCONT (Not used) RST XOUT VSS XIN VCC Not used REM REQ_MD KEY_SCAN WP SW SLOT_ST2 FUNC1 FUNC2 NC NC NC NC SCL SDA TXD1 RXD1 CLK1 BUSY1 TXD0 RXD0 LED_G LED_R NC IN1DET EPM AUDIO_NG NC NC OSD_CE CE WU_CE FAN_NG IN5DET CB_MUTE

Function Serial 3 line data output Serial 3 line clock FAN control Audio VOL control Horizontal synchronizing signal input for signal distinction Vertical synchronizing signal input for signal distinction SYNC select for power management GND Power supply in flash writing, STB +5V Non connection GND Reset input Main clock output GND Main clock input 5V standby power Pull-up Remote control signal input Communication request from the module microcomputer Key data input E2PROM write permission for Plug &Play Inside / outside product distinction of SLOT Outside product SLOT function output 1 Outside product SLOT function output 2

Non connection

Clock output for IICbus Data input/output for IICbus Data output (flash writing / external equipment communication) Data input (flash writing / external equipment communication) Clock for flash writing Busy for flash writing Data output for communication with the module microcomputer Data input for communication with the module microcomputer Green LED lighting Red LED lighting Non connection INPUT1 input detection EPM input for flash writing Audio NG detection Non connection Enable for OSD CE input for flash writing (pull-up) Enable for waide microcomputer NG detection for fan Video signal input detection Combination mute

PDP-433CMX

143

No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

144

Pin Name FR_SEL RGB_SEL POWER BUSY BUSY30 IN3DET IN4DET ACL_SW NC PNL_MUTE NC VCC I_DET VSS NC DIN_SEL SDIN_SEL FWE MD2 RST_WU WE_WU WE_MD NC REQ_WU RST2 EXT_INT A_MUTE1 A_MUTE2 H_POL V_POL (E)SCL (E)SDA EEPRST FIX_VAR SYNC_ST NC NC SIGRST NC PLD_CE NC NC SLOT_ST TEMP3 TEMP2 AVSS PM_ST VREF AVCC RXD

Function Output free running in the video signal no input Input switch of INPUT1 (Dsub15) / INPUT2 (BNC) POWER ON/OFF output Busy input from the microcomputer Busy input from IC30 INPUT3 input detection INPUT4 input detection Switch the peak ACL function Non connection Panel drive stop Non connection 5V standby power I/P distinction signal (extra) GND Non connection Digital input switch trigger (IC102 side) Digital input switch trigger (DVI input side) Enable for flash writing of the wide microcomputer Mode setting for flash writing of the wide microcomputer Reset the wide microcomputer Flash writing permission output for wide microcomputer Flash writing permission output for module Non connection Communication request from the wide microcomputer Reset detection of wide microcomputer system 3.3V power supply Input signal switch Audio mute 1 Audio mute 2 H.SYNC polarity distinction V.SYNC polarity distinction I2C-BUS clock of E2PROM exclusive use I2C-BUS data of E2PROM exclusive use E2PROM reset AUDIO output signal switch (fixing, variable) Presence distinction input of SYNC Non connection Trigger for synchronous processing time shortening Non connection Enable for SYNC control PLD Non connection A/D input for model distinction A/D input for temperature sensor 3 A/D input for temperature sensor 2 GND for AD conversion (GND connection) Pull-up AD conversion reference voltage Power supply for AD conversion Serial 3 line data input

PDP-433CMX

HD64F2328VF (RGB ASSY : IC5601) • Wide Microcomputer

•Pin Function No.

Pin Name

Function

1

NC

Non connection

2

Not used

PU

3

VSS

GND

4

NC

Non connection

5

VCC

3.3V power supply

6

UA0

Address bus 0 with each IC

7

UA1

8

UA2

9

UA3

10

VSS

11

UA4

12

UA5

13

UA6

14

UA7

15

UA8

16

UA9

17

UA10

18

UA11

19

VSS

20

UA12

Address bus GND

Address bus

GND

21

UA13

22

UA14

23

UA15

24

UA16

25

UA17

26

UA18

27

UA19

28

VSS

GND

29

WU_CE

Main microcomputer communication enable

30

NC

Non connection

31

VI

Vertical synchronization interrupt input

32

VACT_FRC

Vact interrupt input after frame rate conversion

Address bus

Address bus for external flash memory

33

DE_W

DE interrupt for start line detection of panel link input V

34

VD_W

Vertical synchronization interrupts before FRC

35

VSS

36

VSS

37

VACT_IP

38

FILM_IP

Acquisition interrupt input of film information

39

VCC

3.3V power supply

40

UD0

41

UD1

42

UD2

43

UD3

44

VSS

GND

45

UD4

Data bus

GND Histogram acquisition interrupt input

Data bus

PDP-433CMX

145

No.

Pin Name

46

UD5

47

UD6

48

UD7

49

UD8

50

UD9

51

UD10

52

UD11

53

VSS

54

UD12

55

UD13

56

UD14

Function

Data bus

GND

Data bus

57

UD15

58

VCC

3.3V power supply

59

D_TXD

Communication data output to the main unit microcomputer

60

EXT_TXD

232C communication output to the external personal computer (FLASH2)

61

D_RXD

Communication data input from the main unit microcomputer

62

EXT_RXD

232C communication input from the external personal computer (FLASH2)

63

D_CLK

Communication clock input from the main unit microcomputer

64

D_BUSY

BUSY for the main unit microcomputer

65

VSS

GND

66

CS_30

Chip select output for IC30

67

VSS

68

VSS

69

CS_FLASH

Chip select output for 16M flash

70

A19_FLASH

Control output of 16M flash address A19

71

REQ_WU

Request for the main unit microcomputer

72

CE_W

DE for start line detection of panel link input V

73

VD_W

Vertical synchronization before FRC

74

NC

75

NC

76

NC

77

NC

78

NC

79

SGLB_AD

Switching output of a clock and 1/2 clock

80

FWE

Writing enable signal input for built-in flash memory

81

RESET

Reset input from the main unit microcomputer and reset IC

82

Not used

83

Not used

84

VCC

85

XTAL

86

EXTAL

87

VCC

3.3V power supply

88

PHAI

System clock output

89

VCC

3.3V power supply

90

SGLB_IP

Single input selecting output of IC102

146

GND

Non connection

Pull-up 3.3V power supply Connect a ceramic resonator (25MHz)

PDP-433CMX

No. 91

Pin Name RDB

Function Reading of external address space

92

HWRB

Upper rank data (D15 to D8) writing of external address space

93

PLL_CE

Chip enable signal output for AD/PLL

94

WAIT_IP

WAIT input for IC102

95

NC

96

NC

97

TXD_WU

Communication data output (AD/PLL)

98

NC

Non connection

Non connection

99

VSS

100

VSS

101

SCK_WU

Communication clock input/output (AD/PLL)

102

WAIT_FLASH

WAIT input for external flash memory

103

AVCC

3.3V power supply

104

VREF

A/D and D/A reference voltage input

105

ULK_PLL

PLL unlock signal input

106

EXT_FILM

External film signal input

107

Not used

108

Not used

GND

Pull-up

109

ACL_PC

ACL input for PC (A/D input)

110

Not used

Pull-up

111

INa_30

112

INb_30

113

AVSS

114

VSS

115

NC

116

NC

117

HD_W

Horizontal sync. signal

118

FI

FILM mode detecting input

NC GND Non connection

119

HI

Horizontal sync. count input

120

FDET_IP

System frequency detecting input

121

EMG_IP

IC102 forced hardware through output

122

IP_KILL

IC101 forced stop output

123

MD0

Wide microcomputer operation mode (mode 6 fixing) (0)

124

MD1

Wide microcomputer operation mode (mode 6 fixing) (1)

125

MD2

Wide microcomputer operation mode (mode 6 fixing) (2)

126

IC_RST

Reset signal input for ASIC

127

CS_102

Chip select output for IC102

128

CS_101

Chip select output for IC101

PDP-433CMX

147

HD64F2328VF (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1101) • Panel Microcomputer

• Pin Function No.

1

148

Pin Name CS_23

Function PE5064 (IC 1703) control output

2

NC

3

VSS

NC terminal

4

VSS

GND

5

VCC

3.3V power supply

GND

6

UA0

Address bus

7

UA1

Address bus

8

UA2

Address bus

9

UA3

Address bus

10

VSS

Address bus

11

UA4

Address bus

12

UA5

Address bus

13

UA6

Address bus

14

UA7

Address bus

15

UA8

Address bus

16

UA9

Address bus

17

UA10

Address bus

18

UA11

Address bus

19

VSS

GND

20

UA12

Address bus

21

UA13

Address bus

22

UA14

Address bus

23

UA15

Address bus

24

UA16

Address bus

25

UA17

Address bus

26

UA18

Address bus

27

UA19

Address bus

28

VSS

GND

29

UA20

Address bus

30

PA5

NC terminal

31

PA6

NC terminal

32

PA7

33

CE_PN

Enables/ for panel microcomputer

NC terminal

34

CE_PN

Enables/ for panel microcomputer

35

VSS

GND

36

VSS

GND

37

APLP

The APL value acquisition trigger signal input.

38

VD_31

39

VCC

3.3V power supply

The V signal input from IC 1401 (PD 6358).

40

UD0

Data bus

41

UD1

Data bus

42

UD2

Data bus

43

UD3

Data bus

44

VSS

GND

45

UD4

Data bus

46

UD5

Data bus

47

UD6

Data bus

48

UD7

Data bus

49

UD8

Data bus

50

UD9

Data bus

PDP-433CMX

No.

Pin Name

Function

51

UD10

Data bus

52

UD11

Data bus

53

VSS

GND

54

UD12

Data bus

55

UD13

Data bus

56

UD14

Data bus

57

UD15

Data bus

58

VCC

3.3V power supply

59

D_TXD

60

EXT_TXD

61

D_RXD

62

EXT_RXD

63

D_CLK

Communication with IC 1207 (a module microcomputer). Communication with the outside (program notes). Communication with IC 1207 (a module microcomputer). Communication with the outside (program notes). Communication with IC 1207 (a module microcomputer).

64

P60

NC terminal

65

VSS

GND

66

CS_FLASH

67

VSS

GND

68

VSS

GND

69

P61

NC terminal

70

UDREQ

71

P63

72

WE_FLASH

A flash memory control terminal

IC 1703 (PE5064) control terminal NC terminal A flash memory note control signal (unused).

73

BUSY

The command receipt of a message lye Norwich output

74

REQ_PU

A communication demand to a module microcomputer.

75

SEL23B

IC 1703 (PE5064) control terminal

76

CLRB

IC 1703 (PE5064) control terminal

77

FR_SEL

The free LAN select signal output

78

RST31B

The reset output to IC1301, IC1401(PD6358)

79

RST23B

80

FWE

The reset output to IC 1703 (PE5064) Microcomputer program note control signal

81

RESET

82

NMI

Reset input

83

STBY

The hardware standby input (unused)

84

VCC

3.3V power supply

The at the rate of tang input (unuse)

85

XTAL

A clock oscillation child connection terminal

86

EXTAL

A clock oscillation child connection terminal

87

VSS

GND

88

PF7

NC terminal

89

VCC

3.3V power supply

90

PF6

NC terminal

91

RDB

A read control terminal from an outside slave device A wright control terminal to an outside slave device

92

HWRB

93

PF3

NC terminal

94

PF2

NC terminal

95

PF1

NC terminal

96

PF0

NC terminal

97

P50

NC terminal

98

P51

NC terminal

99

VSS

GND

100

VSS

GND

PDP-433CMX

149

No.

Pin Name 101

150

P52

102

P53

103

AVCC

104

VREF

105

STOPB

106

P41

107

RYBY

Function NC terminal NC terminal 3.3V power supply A/D, D/A reference voltage input (unused) The drive control input from IC 1703 (PE5064) NC terminal The flash memory note ready input

108

ADR_K_EMG_L1

The emergency input from panel bottom address resonance block.

109

ADR_K_EMG_U1

The emergency input from panel upper part address resonance block

110

ADR_K_EMG_L2

The emergency input from panel bottom address resonance block. (unused) The emergency input from panel upper part address resonance block(unused)

111

ADR_K_EMG_U2

112

P47

113

AVSS

GND

114

VSS

GND

NC terminal

115

MUTE_ADR

The panel mute signal output

116

MUTE_SUS

The XY drive mute signal output (unused)

117

P15

NC terminal

118

HD

The HD signal input from outside ASSY (RGB ASSY, etc)

119

P13

NC terminal

120

P12

121

PC_VIDEO

NC terminal The PC/Video identification output

122

VD

The VD signal input from outside ASSY (RGB ASSY, etc)

123

MD0

The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input

124

MD1

The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input

125

MD2

The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input

126

PG0

127

CS_31Y

IC1301, IC1401(PD 6358) control terminal

NC terminal

128

CS_31X

IC1301, IC1401(PD 6358) control terminal

PDP-433CMX

GAL22V10 (X DRIVE ASSY : IC2006) • Drive Protect PLD

• Pin Assignment (Top View) I/CLK

1

24

VCC

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

GND

12

13

I

• Block Diagram XSUS_BI

2

1_50

23

1_24

1_40

XSUS_BO

1_6

XSUS_UI

3

1_49

22

1_23

1_39

XSUS_UO

1_4

XSUS_DI

4

1_48

21

1_22

1_40

XSUS_DO

1_5

XSUS_GI

6

1_45

19

1_55

1_54

YSUS_GO

1_1

XNR_D1I

XNR_D2I

XSUS_MSKI

7

10

8

1_44

1_43

1_51 1_62

1_52

1_61

1_53

18

1_36

XNR_D1O

1_2

15

1_35

XNR_D2O

1_46 1_28

17

1_41

XSUS_MSKO

1_32

XCP_MSKI

XNR_UI

9

5

1_47 1_31

1_34

1_58

1_60

16

1_42

XCP_MSKO

1_57

PDP-433CMX

20

1_56

XNR_UO

151

GAL22V10 (Y DRIVE ASSY : IC3003) • Drive Protect PLD

• Pin Assignment (Top View) I/CLK

1

24

VCC

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q

I

I/O/Q 12

GND

13

I

• Block Diagram sus_mute_in

ysusbin

1

2

1_64

1_63

23

1_7 1_62

1_20

ysusuin

3

22

1_6 1_61

1_19

ysusdin

ysusgin

ypru1in

4

8

6 7

21 1_27

1_18

1_26

1_17

1_53

1_4

5

17

1_3

19 1_60

11

18 1_59

9

1_54

20 1_66

10

1_56

1_45

ypru1out

1_44

ypru2out

1_43

yofsout

1_51

14

1_42

ysoftdout

1_55

1_9

16

1_41

ysusmskout

1_37 1_8

15 1_11

152

ysusgout

1_33

1_10

1_12

ycpmskin

1_46

ysusdout

1_1

1_52

ysusmskin

1_47

1_2

1_15

ysofdin

ysusuout

1_28

1_16

yofsin

1_48

ysusbout

1_23 1_5

1_13

ypru2in

1_39

1_49

PDP-433CMX

1_40

ycpmskout

M30624FGAFP (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1207) • Module Microcomputer

• Pin Function No.

Pin Name

Function

1

TXD

Serial 3 line data output for communication with a panel microcomputer

2

CLK

Serial 3 line clock for communication with a panel microcomputer

3

NC

NC terminal

4

NC

NC terminal

5

NC

NC terminal

6

NC

NC terminal

7

NC

8

BYTE

NC terminal The external data bus width reshuffling input (I am unused and connect GND)

9

CNVSS

10

XCIN

A power supply for program note (a note, 5V, usually, pull-down

11

XCOUT

NC terminal

12

RESET

A reset input terminal Clock output terminal

NC terminal

13

XOUT

14

VSS

GND

15

XIN

Clock input terminal

16

VCC

5V standby power

17

NMI

Because a NMI interruption terminal is unused, It handle pull up.

18

REM

19

REQ_PU

A communication demand from a panel microcomputer (the pulse meter acquisition)

The SR signal input Main switch OFF / ON search

20

/SW_TRG

21

NC

NC terminal

22

NC

NC terminal

23

NC

NC terminal

24

AC_OFF

25

PD_TRIGGER

AC power OFF search and power supply ASSY differentiation.

26

NC

NC terminal

27

NC

NC terminal

28

NC

NC terminal

Power down search

29

SCL

EEPROM, IIC communication with power supply ASSY

30

SDA

EEPROM, IIC communication with power supply ASSY

31

TXD1

Communication with the outside (a program note)

32

RXD1

Communication with the outside (a program note)

33

CLK1

Communication with the outside (a program note)

34

BUSY1

Communication with the outside (a program note)

35

TXD0

Communication with outside ASSY (microcomputers main in RGB ASSY, etc)

36

RXD0

Communication with outside ASSY (microcomputers main in RGB ASSY, etc)

37

NC

38

REQ_MD/A_MUTE

39

NC

40

NC

41

EPM

42

NC

43

PU_CE

44

NC

45

MOD_SW/A_NG

46

CE

47

DITHER/SW_STC

48

NC

49

/SW_STP

50

NC

NC terminal 232C communication demand (a request to a main microcomputer) / audio system mute NC terminal NC terminal The EPM input for program note (L fixation) NC terminal Enables/ for panel microcomputer NC terminal The model of machines distinction input / audio system NG input The CE input for program note (H fixation) Power supply search of a dither setting / media receiver for module NC terminal Power supply search of a panel NC terminal

PDP-433CMX

153

No.

Pin Name 51

154

NC

52

RELAY

53

POWER/MSTATE

54

NC

55

WE_PN

Function NC terminal The output for power supply ON / OFF change Input / SII861 master information for power supply ON / OFF change NC terminal Buffer state control for panel microcomputer note

56

MD0

The panel microcomputer mode of operation change output

57

MD2

The panel microcomputer mode of operation change output

58

FWE

59

RST_PU

60

PN_MUTE

61

NC

62

VCC

The panel microcomputer program note control signal output The panel microcomputer reset output The panel mute input NC terminal 5V standby power

63

NC

NC terminal

64

VSS

GND

65

NC

NC terminal

66

NC

67

/A_SCL

IIC clock for audio system

68

/A_SDA

IIC data for audio system

69

APD_MUTE

A mute signal of address series

70

ADR_K_PD

The address oscillatory system PD input

NC terminal

71

ADR_PD

The address series PD input

72

DCC_PD

The power supply system PD input

73

NC

74

NC

75

RST2

NC terminal NC terminal Panel microcomputer reset search

76

NC

77

/DDC_SCL

IIC communication with a media receiver

NC terminal IIC communication with a media receiver

78

/DDC_SDA

79

NC

80

NC

81

DEW_DET

82

NC

NC terminal

83

NC

NC terminal

84

NC

NC terminal

85

NC

86

LED_G

Green LED lighting (LED on interface ASSY in a panel module) Red LED lighting (LED on interface ASSY in a panel module)

87

LED_R

88

NC

89

BUSY

90

NC

91

NC

92

/F_KEY1

93

MAX_PLS2/F_KEY2

94

TEMP1

95

MAX_PLS? /CCKM

96

AVSS

NC terminal NC terminal The dew condensation sensor input

NC terminal

NC terminal Communication permission / inhibiting signal from a panel microcomputer NC terminal NC terminal The front KEY input The terminal / front KEY input for brightness setting mode of operation change The A/D input for temperature sensor Terminal / connection search for brightness setting mode of operation change GND for AD conversion

97

PM_ST

98

VREF

Reference voltage for AD conversion

The A/D input for model of machines distinction

99

AVCC

5V standby power for AD conversion

100

RXD

Serial 3 line data entry for communication with a panel microcomputer

PDP-433CMX

PD6358A (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1301) • Picture Improved IC

• Pin Function No.

Pin Name 1

VSS

2

TESTO6

Function GND Test output terminal (unused)

3

OSDCLK

4

TTST

Test input terminal (unused)

The CLK input for OSD

5

VDDI

2.5V power supply

6

OVDDE-01

7

AGO0

3.3V power supply Address data output (G signal)

8

VDDI

2.5V power supply

9

AGO2

Address data output (G signal)

10

AGO3

Address data output (G signal)

11

AGO4

Address data output (G signal)

12

VDDI

2.5V power supply

13

ARO6

Address data output (R signal)

14

AGO7

Address data output (G signal)

15

VDDI

2.5V power supply

16

ARO9

Address data output (R signal)

17

ABO9

Address data output (B signal)

18

VDDI

2.5V power supply

19

ADRCLKO2

20

ARO12

The address CLK output (for panel upper part) Address data output (R signal)

21

ARO13

Address data output (R signal)

22

AGO14

Address data output (G signal)

23

AGO15

Address data output (G signal)

24

ARO16

Address data output (R signal)

25

ARO17

Address data output (R signal)

26

VSS

GND

27

ABO17

Address data output (B signal)

28

AGO17

Address data output (G signal)

29

AGO18

Address data output (G signal)

30

ABO19

Address data output (B signal)

31

UDAT15

32

UDAT12

Microcomputer data bus

33

UDAT9

Microcomputer data bus

34

UDAT5

35

OVDDE-06

36

APLP

37

OVDDE-08

Microcomputer data bus

Microcomputer data bus 3.3V power supply APL value output trigger signal 3.3V power supply

38

CS5BI

The chip select input

39

CS4BI

The chip select input

40

UADRI13

Microcomputer address bus

41

UADRI9

Microcomputer address bus

42

UADRI6

Microcomputer address bus

43

UADRI2

Microcomputer address bus

44

UADRI1

Microcomputer address bus

45

TESTI2

46

BIT0

47

OVDDE-11

48

TESTO4

Test input terminal (unused) The subfield No output (the 0 bit) 3.3V power supply Test output terminal (unused)

49

ARO39

Address data output (G signal)

50

AGO38

Address data output (G signal)

PDP-433CMX

155

No.

156

Pin Name 51

VSS

52

ABO37

Function GND Address data output (B signal)

53

ABO36

Address data output (B signal)

54

ARO36

Address data output (R signal)

55

ABO34

Address data output (B signal)

56

ADRCLKO4

57

AGO33

The address CLK output (for panel bottom part) Address data output (G signal)

58

AGO32

Address data output (G signal)

59

AGO31

Address data output (G signal)

60

AGO30

Address data output (G signal)

61

AGO29

Address data output (G signal)

62

VDDI

63

ABO27

64

AGO26

65

VDDI

66

AGO24

67

VDDI

68

ABO22

69

VDDI

70

ARO21

71

ARO20

72

VDDI

2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) 2.5V power supply

73

OVDDE-14

74

TDI

3.3V power supply

75

RBI9

The R picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit)

76

VSS

GND

The JTAG input

77

RBI8

The R picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit)

78

RBI6

The R picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit)

79

RBI4

80

OVSS-09

81

RSTB

82

GBI8

83

OVDDE-18

GND Reset input The G picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit) 3.3V power supply

84

GBI5

The G picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit)

85

GBI2

The G picture B aspect signal input (the second bit)

86

DEI

DE signal input

87

BBI6

The B picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit)

88

BBI3

The B picture B aspect signal input (the third bit)

89

VDI

VD signal input

90

HDI

HD signal input

91

RAI6

The R picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit)

92

RAI2

93

TESTI0

94

OVSS-11

The R picture A aspect signal input (the second bit) Test input terminal (unused) GND

95

GAI7

The G picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit

96

GAI3

The G picture A aspect signal input (the third bit)

97

GAI0

The G picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit)

98

BAI6

The B picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit)

99

BAI3

The B picture A aspect signal input (the third bit)

100

BAI0

The B picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit)

PDP-433CMX

No.

Pin Name 101

TESTO7

102

TESTO5

103

OSDH

104

BLK

105

OSDB

106

NC

107

ARO1

Function Test output terminal (unused) Test output terminal (unused) OSDH input OSDBLK input OSDB signal input NC terminal Address data output (R signal)

108

ARO2

Address data output (R signal)

109

ARO3

Address data output (R signal)

110

ARO4

Address data output (R signal)

111

ARO5

Address data output (R signal)

112

ABO5

Address data output (B signal)

113

ARO7

Address data output (R signal)

114

ARO8

Address data output (R signal)

115

ABO8

Address data output (B signal)

116

AGO9

Address data output (G signal)

117

AGO10

118

ADRCLKO1

Address data output (G signal) Address CLK output (for panel upper part)

119

ABO11

Address data output (B signal)

120

ABO12

Address data output (B signal)

121

ARO14

Address data output (R signal)

122

ARO15

Address data output (R signal)

123

ABO15

Address data output (B signal)

124

ABO16

Address data output (B signal)

125

AGO16

Address data output (G signal)

126

ARO18

Address data output (R signal)

127

AGO19

Address data output (G signal)

128

OVDDE-05

129

UDAT13

3.3V power supply

130

UDAT10

Microcomputer data bus

131

UDAT6

Microcomputer data bus

Microcomputer data bus

132

UDAT3

Microcomputer data bus

133

UDAT0

Microcomputer data bus

134

OVDDE-07

135

LR

3.3V power supply The panel LR select input

136

RDBI

137

CLKSEL

CLK select input

Microcomputer read control terminal

138

UADRI10

Microcomputer address bus

139

UADRI7

Microcomputer address bus

140

UADRI3

Microcomputer address bus

141

CYCLEB

Address data output control signal

142

BIT2

Subfield No. output (the second bit) Address data output control signal

143

SFSTB

144

OVSS-05

GND

145

TESTO2

Test output terminal (unused)

146

ABO38

Address data output (B signal)

147

ARO38

Address data output (R signal)

148

ARO37

Address data output (R signal)

149

AGO36

Address data output (G signal)

150

ARO35

Address data output (R signal)

PDP-433CMX

157

No.

Pin Name 151

158

ADRCLKO3

Function The address CLK output (for panel bottom part)

152

ABO33

Address data output (B signal)

153

ABO32

Address data output (B signal)

154

VDDI

155

ABO30

2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal)

156

VDDI

157

ABO28

2.5V power supply

158

ARO28

Address data output (R signal)

159

ABO26

Address data output (B signal)

Address data output (B signal)

160

ABO25

Address data output (B signal)

161

ABO24

Address data output (B signal)

162

ARO24

Address data output (R signal)

163

ARO23

Address data output (R signal)

164

ARO22

Address data output (R signal)

165

AGO21

Address data output (G signal)

166

AGO20

Address data output (G signal)

167

TDO

JTAG signal

168

TMS

JTAG signal The R picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit)

169

RBI7

170

TCK

JTAG signal

171

RBI5

The R picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit)

172

RBI3

The R picture B aspect signal input (the third bit)

173

RBI1

The R picture B aspect signal input (the first bit)

174

OVDDE-16

175

GBI7

3.3V power supply

176

OVSS-10

177

GBI4

178

GBI1

The G picture B aspect signal input (the first bit)

179

BBI9

The B picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit)

The G picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit) GND The G picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit)

180

BBI5

The B picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit)

181

BBI2

The B picture B aspect signal input (the second bit)

182

RAI9

The R picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit)

183

CLK3

CLK input terminal (unused)

184

RAI5

The R picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit)

185

RAI1

The R picture A aspect signal input (the first bit)

186

TESTI1

187

GAI9

The G picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit)

Test input terminal (unused)

188

GAI6

The G picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit)

189

GAI2

The G picture A aspect signal input (the second bit)

190

BAI9

The B picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit)

191

BAI5

The B picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit)

192

BAI2

The B picture A aspect signal input (the second bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the first bit)

193

BAI1

194

OVSS-01

195

OVSS-02

196

OSDG

197

ARO0

Address data output (R signal)

198

ABO0

Address data output (B signal)

GND GND OSDG signal input

199

ABO1

Address data output (B signal)

200

ABO2

Address data output (B signal)

PDP-433CMX

No.

Pin Name 201

ABO3

202

ABO4

203

OVDDE-02

Function Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 3.3V power supply

204

ABO6

Address data output (B signal)

205

ABO7

Address data output (B signal)

206

VDDI

2.5V power supply

207

OVDDE-03

3.3V power supply

208

ARO10

Address data output (R signal)

209

ABO10

Address data output (B signal)

210

AGO11

Address data output (G signal)

211

AGO12

Address data output (G signal)

212

ABO13

Address data output (B signal)

213

ABO14

214

OVDDE-04

215

OVSS-03

216

ARO19

Address data output (B signal) 3.3V power supply GND Address data output (R signal)

217

TESTO1

Test output terminal (unused)

218

UDAT14

Microcomputer data bus

219

UDAT11

Microcomputer data bus

220

UDAT7

Microcomputer data bus

221

UDAT4

Microcomputer data bus

222

UDAT1

Microcomputer data bus

223

VDRD

V signal output

224

HWRBI

225

UADRI14

226

OVDDE-09

227

UADRI11

Microcomputer wright control terminal Microcomputer address bus 3.3V power supply Microcomputer address bus

228

UADRI8

Microcomputer address bus

229

UADRI4

Microcomputer address bus

230

BIT3

Subfield No. output (the third bit)

231

BIT1

Subfield No. output (the first bit)

232

OVDDE-10

233

TESTO3

Test output terminal (unused)

234

ABO39

Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal)

235

AGO37

236

OVSS-06

237

AGO35

238

ADRCLKO5

3.3V power supply

GND Address data output (G signal) Address CLK output (for panel bottom part)

239

ARO34

Address data output (R signal)

240

ARO33

Address data output (R signal)

241

ABO31

Address data output (B signal)

242

ARO31

Address data output (R signal)

243

ABO29

Address data output (B signal)

244

ARO29

Address data output (R signal)

245

OVDDE-12

246

ARO27

Address data output (R signal)

247

ARO26

Address data output (R signal)

248

ARO25

249

OVDDE-13

250

AGO23

3.3V power supply

Address data output (R signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (G signal)

PDP-433CMX

159

No.

160

Pin Name 251

AGO22

252

VDDI

253

ABO20

254

OVSS-07

255

OVDDE-15

256

OVSS-08

Function Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND 3.3V power supply GND

257

RBI2

258

TRST

JTAG signal

259

GBI9

The G picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit)

260

GBI6

261

OVDDE-17

The R picture B aspect signal input (the second bit)

The G picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit) 3.3V power supply

262

GBI3

The G picture B aspect signal input (the third bit)

263

GBI0

The G picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit)

264

BBI8

The B picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit)

265

BBI4

The B picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit)

266

BBI1

The B picture B aspect signal input (the first bit)

267

RAI8

The R picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit)

268

OVDDE-19

269

RAI4

270

RAI0

271

FREERUN

3.3V power supply The R picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The freerun control input

272

GAI8

The G picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit)

273

GAI5

The G picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit)

274

GAI1

The G picture A aspect signal input (the first bit)

275

BAI8

The B picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit)

276

BAI4

The B picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit)

277

VDDE

3.3V power supply

278

OSDV

OSDV input

279

VSS

280

OSDR

GND OSDR signal input

281

VDDE

3.3V power supply

282

AGO1

Address data output (G signal)

283

VSS

GND

284

VDDI

2.5V power supply

285

VDDI

2.5V power supply

286

AGO5

Address data output (G signal)

287

AGO6

Address data output (G signal)

288

VDDI

2.5V power supply

289

AGO8

Address data output (G signal)

290

VSS

291

ADRCLKO0

GND The address CLK output (for panel upper part)

292

VDDE

3.3V power supply

293

ARO11

Address data output (R signal)

294

VSS

295

AGO13

GND Address data output (G signal)

296

VDDE

3.3V power supply

297

ABO18

Address data output (B signal)

298

VSS

299

TESTO0

300

VDDI

GND Test output terminal (unused) 2.5V power supply

PDP-433CMX

No.

Pin Name

Function

301

UDAT8

302

VSS

303

UDAT2

304

VDDI

305

OVSS-04

GND

306

UADRI15

Microcomputer address bus

307

VDDI

308

UADRI12

309

VSS

310

UADRI5

311

VDDI

Microcomputer data bus GND Microcomputer data bus 2.5V power supply

2.5V power supply Microcomputer address bus GND Microcomputer address bus 2.5V power supply

312

NC

NC terminal

313

VSS

GND

314

AGO39

Address data output (G signal)

315

VDDE

3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal)

316

ABO35

317

VSS

318

AGO34

GND Address data output (G signal)

319

VDDE

3.3V power supply

320

ARO32

Address data output (R signal)

321

VSS

322

ARO30

GND Address data output (R signal)

323

VDDI

324

AGO28

Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal)

325

AGO27

326

NC

327

AGO25

328

VSS

329

ABO23

2.5V power supply

NC terminal Address data output (G signal) GND Address data output (B signal)

330

VDDE

3.3V power supply

331

ABO21

Address data output (B signal)

332

VSS

333

VPD

334

VDDE

3.3V power supply

335

RBI0

The R picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit)

336

VSS

337

ACLK

GND GND

GND CLK input (25MHz)

338

VDDI

2.5V power supply

339

CLK4

CLK input (50MHz)

340

VSS

GND

341

BBI7

The B picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit)

342

VDDI

2.5V power supply

343

BBI0

The B picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit)

344

RAI7

The R picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit)

345

VDDI

2.5V power supply

346

RAI3

The R picture A aspect signal input (the third bit)

347

VSS

GND

348

CLK2

The image system CLK input

349

VDDI

2.5V power supply

350

GAI4

The G picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit)

351

VSS

GND

352

BAI7

The B picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit)

PDP-433CMX

161

PST9246N (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1208) • Reset IC

• Pin Assignment (Top View)

5

1

4

2

3

1

TC

2

SUB

3

GND

4

V OUT

5

V CC

SOT -25 (TOP VIEW)

• Block Diagram

• Pin Function Pin No. 1 2 3 4 5

162

Pin name TC SUB GND VOUT VCC

Functions TPLH control pin Substrate pin GND pin Reset signal output pin VCC pin/voltage detect pin

PDP-433CMX

FS781BZB (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1802) • Low EMI Clock IC

• Pin Assignment (Top View) Xin

1

Xout

2

S1

3

LF

4

FS78x

8

VDD

7

S0

6

FSOUT

5

VSS

8 Pin SOIC Package

• Block Diagram

Loop Filter 4(6) 250 K

Xin

Reference Divider

1(3)

8 pF

Phase Detector VCO 10 pF.

Xout

Modulation Control 2(4)

VCO / N

8 pF

VDD

8(2)

Power Contol Logic

Output Divider and Mux

VDD Input Control Logic

VSS 5(7)

3(5)

7(1)

VSS

S1

S0

6(8)

FSOUT

(TSSOP Pin #)

• Pin Function Pin No. 1/2

Pin Name Xin / Xout

I/O I/O

TYPE Analog

7/3

S0 / S1

I

CMOS/TTL

4

LF

I

Analog

6

FSOUT

O

CMOS/TTL

8 5

VDD VSS

P P

Power Power

Description Pins form an on-chip reference oscillator when connected to terminals of an external parallel resonant crystal. Xin may be connected to TTL/CMOS external clock source. If Xin connected to external clock other than crystal, leave Xout (pin 2) unconnected. Digital control inputs to select input frequency range and output frequency scaling. Refer to Tables 7 & 8 for selection. S0 has internal pulldown. S1 has internal pullup. Loop Filter. Single ended tri-state output of the phase detector. A two-pole passive loop filter is connected to Loop Filter (LF). Modulated Clock Frequency Output. The center frequency is the same as the input reference frequency for FS781. Input frequency is multiplied by 2x and 4x for FS782 and FS784 respectively. Positive Power Supply. Power Supply Ground

PDP-433CMX

163

ML6426CS-1 (RGB ASSY : IC4403) • LPF IC

• Pin Assignment (Top View) A/B MUX

1

16

SYNC IN

RIN A/YIN A

2

15

DISABLE

GND

3

14

GNDO

VCC

4

13

ROUT /Y OUT

RIN B/YIN B

5

12

VCCO

GIN A/U IN A

6

11

GOUT /U OUT

GIN B/U IN B

7

10

BOUT /V OUT

BIN A/V IN A

8

9

BIN B/VIN B

TOP VIEW

• Block Diagram 2 5 6 7 8 9

12

4

VCCO

VCC

RIN A/YIN A RIN B/YIN B

MUX

GIN A/U IN A GIN /U IN B

–

+

TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP

–

+ –

A/B MUX

4th-ORDER FILTER B

2

4th-ORDER FILTER C

2

ROUT /Y OUT

GOUT /U OUT

BOUT /V OUT

0.5V

1 SYNCIN 16 DISABLE 15

GNDO

GND

14

3

• Pin Function PIN

NAME

FUNCTION

1

A/B MUX

Logic input pin to select between Bank and Bank video inputs. This pin is internally pulled high.

8

BIN A/VIN A Unfiltered analog B- orV-channel input for Bank . Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.

2

RIN A/YIN A

Unfiltered analog R- orY-channel input for Bank . Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.

9

BIN B/VIN B

Unfiltered analog B- orV-channel input for Bank . Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.

3

GND

Analog ground

10

BOUT

Analog B or V-channel output

4

VCC

Analog 5V supply

11

GOUT

Analog G or U-channel output

5

RIN B/YIN B

Unfiltered analog R- orY-channel input for Bank . Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.

12

VCCO

5V power supply for output buffers

13

ROUT

Analog R orY-channel output

GIN A/U IN A Unfiltered analog G- or U-channel input for Bank . Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.

14

GNDO

Analog ground

15

DISABLE

Disable/Enable pin.Turns the chip off when logic high. Internally pulled low.

16

SYNC IN

Input for an external H-sync logic signal for filter channels. CMOS level input. Active High.

6

7

164

GIN B/UIN B Unfiltered analog G- or U-channel input for Bank . Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.

PIN

13

11

0.5V

MUX TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP

2

0.5V

MUX

BIN A/V IN A BIN B/VIN B

+

TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP

4th-ORDER FILTER A

NAME

PDP-433CMX

FUNCTION

10

CXA3516R (RGB ASSY : IC4603) • AD + PLL IC

• Pin Assignment (Top View)

PDP-433CMX

165

• Block Diagram

166

PDP-433CMX

• Pin Function

PDP-433CMX

167

168

PDP-433CMX

PDP-433CMX

169

BA5417 (MX AUDIO ASSY : IC8601) • Power Amp.

• Block Diagram

T.S.D

30k

30k

30k

30k

ST.BY VCC

45

170

15

STBY

FILTER

NF1

IN1

IN2

NF2

PRE-GND1

PRE-GND2

PRE

PDP-433CMX

GND2

14

PRE

13

6

FILTER

GND1

POWER GND

12

5

BS1

11

4

OUT1

10

3

VCC

9

2

OUT2

8

1

BS2

7

POWER-GND

• Pin Function

45

BS

(N.C.)

BS

STK795-470 (X DRIVE ASSY : IC3200, IC3201, Y DRIVE ASSY : IC2206, IC2214) PDP Pulse Module IC

Block Diagram V SUS 1 V SUS 2 V SUS 3 V SUS 4 N.C. 5 VCC 6 R12

DUMMY 7

D1 R1

N.C. 8

IC1

R18 D11

R2

SIG GND 9 SIG GND 10 N.C. 11 SUB GND 12

R14

R19 D12

C1

VCC

VB

HIN

HO

TR7

40 OUT H

R7

C3 C7

TR1

TR2

VS

39 OUT H

LO

38 OUT L 37 OUT L

R15 LIN

N.C. 13 C8

PGND

R3 D2

TR8

TR3

IN2 14

TR4

36 N.C.

R4

35 POWER GND 34 POWER GND

R8

DUMMY 15 IN1 16 D6 R13

33 POWER GND 32 POWER GND 31 N.C.

D3 D7

R5

N.C. 17 R16

C2

VCC

VB

HIN

HO

TR9 C4

R21 D14

30 PL1 29 PL1

IC2

R20 D13

C9

TR5

D8

27 PC1

R9

26 PC1

VS

R17

IN4 18 DUMMY 19

25 PC2 24 PC2

LIN PGND C10

28 N.C.

R11

LO

ZD1

C5 D4

TR10

R6 TR6

IN3 20

C6

D9

R10

23 N.C. 22 PL2 21 PL2

D10

PDP-433CMX

171

8. PANEL FACILITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS 8.1 PANEL FACILITIES MAIN UNIT

Operation panel on the main unit

4

Main unit

5 6 7 8 3

9 0

1

2

Note When optional speakers have been connected, the operation panel on the main unit will not be operable.

Main unit

Operation panel on the main unit

1 Display stand

4 STANDBY/ON button Press to put the display in operation or standby mode.

2 Remote control sensor 5 INPUT button

Point the remote control toward the remote sensor to operate the unit.

Press to select input.

3 STANDBY/ON indicator

6 MENU button

This indicator is red during standby mode, and turns to green when the unit is in the operation mode. Flashes green when Power-Management function is operating. The flashing pattern is also used to indicate error messages.

Press to open and close the on-screen menu.

7 ADJUST (5/∞/3/2) buttons Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated in the on-screen display.

8 SET button Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.

9 SCREEN SIZE button Press to select the screen size.

0 AUTO SET UP button When using computer signal input, automatically sets the POSITION and CLOCK/PHASE to optimum values.

172

PDP-433CMX

CONNECTION PANEL

AC INLET

8Ω ~16Ω SPEAKER

+

-

R

8Ω ~16Ω SPEAKER

+

–

1

CONTROL IN

OUT

2

COMBINATION IN

INPUT1

RS-232C

OUT

3

5

6

1 SPEAKER (R) terminal For connection of an external right speaker. Connect a speaker whose impedance is 8 -16 Ω. For connection of PIONEER components that bear the Î mark. Making CONTROL connection enables control of the plasma display as a component in a system. DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THESE TERMINALS. These terminals are used in the factory setup.

B

INPUT2 R

(H/V SYNC)

HD

VD

AUDIO INPUT OUTPUT 75 Ô 2.2 (INPUT1/2) Ω kΩ

7

89 0

For connection of components that have RGB or component output jacks such as a personal computer, DVD player, or external RGB decoder. Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component.

6 OUTPUT (INPUT1)

(mini D-sub 15 pin) Use the OUTPUT (INPUT1) connector to output the video signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The video signal will not be output from the OUTPUT (INPUT1) connector when the main power of this display is off or in standby mode.

7 INPUT2 (BNC jacks)

2 CONTROL IN/OUT (monaural mini jacks)

3 COMBINATION IN/OUT

G

5 INPUT1 (mini D-sub 15 pin)

The plasma display is provided with 2 video input connectors, 1 video output connector, audio input/output jacks and speaker terminals. There are also CONTROL IN/OUT jacks for connection of PIONEER components with the Î mark. When this video card is installed on a plasma display, an additional three sets of video input connectors are provided (total five), together with one additional video output connector (total two).

DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THIS TERMINAL. This terminal is used in the factory setup.

OUTPUT (ANALOG RGB)

L

~

(ON SYNC)

ANALOG RGB

4

Plasma Display [PDP-433CMX/PDP-433MXE] Section

4 RS-232C

=

–

For connection of components that have RGB or component output jacks such as a personal computer, DVD player, or external RGB decoder. Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component.

8 Synchronizing signal impedance selector switch Depending on the connections made at INPUT2, it may be necessary to set this switch to match the output impedance of the connected component’s synchronization signal. When the output impedance of the component’s synchronization signal is above 75 Ω, set this switch to the 2.2 kΩ position.

PDP-433CMX

173

9 AUDIO INPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT1, INPUT2 or INPUT5 is selected. Connect this jack to the audio output connector of the device connected to the plasma display’s INPUT1 or INPUT2, or to the audio output connector of the device connected to the video card’s INPUT5.

0 AUDIO OUTPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to output the audio of the selected source component connected to the plasma display to an AV amplifier or similar component.

- MAIN POWER switch Use to switch the main power of the plasma display on and off.

= AC INLET A power cable is furnished with the plasma display; connect one end of the power cable to this connector, and the other end to a standard AC power source.

~ SPEAKER (L) terminal For connection of an external left speaker. Connect a speaker that has an impedance of 8 -16 Ω.

174

PDP-433CMX

REMOTE CONTROL UNIT

1 SCREEN SIZE button Press to select the screen size.

2 INPUT buttons

1

7 8

2

Use to select the input.

3 MENU button Press to open and close the on-screen menu.

4 ADJUST (5/∞/3/2) buttons

9

Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated at the bottom the on-screen menu display.

5 SET button Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.

3

0

6 MUTING button Press to mute the volume.

4

7 AUTO SET UP button

5

8 STANDBY/ON button

When using computer signal input, automatically sets the POSITION and CLOCK/ PHASE to optimum values.

Press to put the unit in operation or standby mode.

9 DISPLAY button Press to view the unit’s current input and setup mode.

6

-

0 POINT ZOOM button Use to select and enlarge one part of the screen.

- VOLUME (+/–) buttons Use to adjust the volume.

PDP-433CMX

175

INSTALLATION OF THE UNIT Installation using the supplied display stand

3

Fix this unit using the supplied washer and bolt.

Be sure to fix the supplied stand to the installation surface. Use commercially available M8 bolts that are 25 mm longer than the thickness of the installation surface. 1

Fix the supplied stand to the installation surface at each of the 4 prepared holes using commercially available M8 bolts .

Front Use a 6 mm hex wrench to bolt them. 768 mm (30-1/4 in.) Rear

110 mm (4-5/16 in.)

2

Set this unit in the stand.

CAUTION Because this unit weighs about 88 lbs 3 oz (about 30 kg) and the lack of depth makes it fairly unstable, please use 2 people or more when packing, carrying or installing.

176

PDP-433CMX

Wall-mount installation of the unit

Installation using the optional PIONEER stand or installation bracket

This unit has been designed with bolt holes for wall-mount installation, etc.. The installation holes that can be used are shown in the diagram below.

÷ Please be sure to request installation or mounting of this unit or the installation bracket by an installation specialist or the dealer where purchased. ÷ When installing, be sure to use the bolts provided with the stand or installation bracket.

÷ Be sure to attach in 4 or more locations above and below, left and right of the center line. ÷ Use bolts that are long enough to be inserted 1/2 inch (12 mm) to 11/16 inch (18 mm) into the main unit from the attaching surface for both a holes and b holes. Refer to the side view diagram below. ÷ As this unit is constructed with glass, be sure to install it on a flat, unwarped surface.

÷ For details concerning installation, please refer to the instruction manual provided with the stand or installation bracket.

Installation using accessories other than the PIONEER stand or installation bracket (sold separately) ÷ When possible, please install using parts and accessories manufactured by PIONEER. PIONEER will not he held responsible for accident or damage caused by the use of parts and accessories manufactured by other companies. ÷ For custom installation, please consult the dealer where the unit was purchased, or a qualified installer.

Air vents (fan)

Attaching surface Installation bracket, etc.. Main unit

a hole

Center line b hole

a hole

a hole

Bolt

b hole

b hole

1/2 inches (12 mm) to 11/16 inches (18 mm)

Bolt b hole

Center line

b hole

1/2 inch (12 mm) to 11/16 inch (18 mm)

Rear view diagram

Side view diagram

CAUTION

CAUTION

To avoid malfunction, overheating of this unit, and possible fire hazard, make sure that the vents on the main unit are not blocked when installing. Also, as hot air is expelled from the air vents, be careful of deterioration and dirt build up on rear surface wall, etc..

Because this unit weighs about 88 lbs 3 oz (about 40 kg) and the lack of depth makes it fairly unstable, please use 2 people or more when packing, carrying or installing.

CAUTION CAUTION Please be sure to use an M8 (Pitch = 1.25 mm) bolt. (Only this size bolt can be used.)

This unit incorporates a thin design. To ensure safety if vibrated or shaken, please be sure to take measures to prevent the unit from tipping over.

PDP-433CMX

177

Related Documents

Pioneer Pdp433
October 2019 45

Pioneer Deq7600
May 2020 35

Pioneer Overdrive
November 2019 33

Pioneer Manual.pdf
June 2020 25

Pioneer Autocar
November 2019 32

Pioneer Dvr 3100 S
August 2019 29

More Documents from ""

Interesante Pensamiento Sistemico
April 2020 30

Daewoo Td-167 Dtq-2134ss
October 2019 49

Philips L01 Parte 2 De 2
October 2019 54

Lactancia Materna.docx
June 2020 28

Philips 42fd9954
October 2019 72

El
October 2019 122